How to search?
advanced search
Applied sciences

Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences

Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences

Description

The Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences is published bimonthly by the Division IV Engineering Sciences of the Polish Academy of Sciences, since the beginning of the existence of the PAS in 1952. The journal is peer‐reviewed and is published both in printed and electronic form. It is established for the publication of original high quality papers from multidisciplinary Engineering sciences with the following topics preferred:

  • Artificial and Computational Intelligence,
  • Biomedical Engineering and Biotechnology,
  • Civil Engineering,
  • Control, Informatics and Robotics,
  • Electronics, Telecommunication and Optoelectronics,
  • Mechanical and Aeronautical Engineering, Thermodynamics,
  • Material Science and Nanotechnology,
  • Power Systems and Power Electronics.

Submit your article


Journal Metrics:
JCR Impact Factor 2023: 1.2
5 Year Impact Factor 2022: 1.1
CiteScore 2023: 2.8
SCImago Journal Rank (SJR) 2023: 0.282
Source Normalized Impact per Paper (SNIP) 2023: 0.573
Ministry of Education and Science: 100 points

Abbreviated title: Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci.
ISSN
ISSN 2300-1917

Editorial Board 2023-2025

Editor-in-Chief:

A. Rogalski, Military University of Technology

Honorary (Past) Editor-in Chief:

T. Kaczorek, Warsaw University of Technology

M.P. Kaźmierkowski, Warsaw University of Technology

Deputy Editor-in-Chief:

B. Błachowski, Institute of Fundamental Technological Research PAN

M. Mrozowski, Gdansk University of Technology

Board of Topical Co-editors:

Artificial and Computational Intelligence

S. Osowski, B. Sawicki and T. Leś, Warsaw University of Technology

Biomedical Engineering and Biotechnology

D. Pijanowska, Institute of Biocybernetics and Biomedical Engineering PAN

Civil Engineering

L. Czarnecki, Building Research Institute, ITB, Warsaw

Ł. Sadowski, Wroclaw University of Science and Technology

Control, Robotics and Informatics

J. Klamka and A. Babiarz, Silesian Technical University

J. Stefanowski, Poznan University of Technology

Electronics, Telecommunication and Optoelectronics

M. Mrozowski and A. Lamęcki, Gdansk University of Technology

Mechanical and Aeronautical Engineering, Thermodynamics

B. Błachowski, Institute of Fundamental Technological Research PAN

G. Zboiński, Institute of Fluid-Flow Machinery PAN and University of Warmia and Mazury in Olsztyn

Materials Science and Nanotechnology

B. Major and P. Czaja, Institute of Metallurgy and Materials Science PAN

Power Systems and Power Electronics

J. Rąbkowski and M. Jasiński, Warsaw University of Technology

International Editorial Advisory Board

R. Asthana, University of Wisconsin-Stout, Menomonie, USA

Xu Binshi, China Association of Plant Engineering, Beijing, P.R. China

F. Blaabjerg, Aalborg University, Denmark

C. Cecati, University of L’Aquila, Italy

A. Cichocki, RIKEN Institute, Tokyo, Japan

M. David, National Polytechnique de Toulouse, France

R. Ebner, Materials Centre Leoben, Leoben, Austria

E. Fornasini, University of Padova, Padova, Italy

L.G. Franquelo, University of Sevilla, Spain

M. Gad-el-Hak, Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond, USA

M. Giersig, Free University of Berlin, Germany

D. van Gemert, Catholic University Leuven, KU Leuven, Belgium

L. Keviczky, Hungarian Academy of Sciences, Budapest, Hungary

V. Kučera, Czech Technical University in Prague, Prague, Czech Republic

R. Kennel, Technical University Munich, Germany

T.A. Kowalewski, Institute of Fundamental Technological Research PAN

E. Levi, Liverpool John Moore University, UK

G. Maier, Technical University of Milan, Milan, Italy

K.F. Man, City University of Hong Kong,

R. Maniewski, Institute of Biocybernetics and Biomedical Engineering PAN

H.A. Mang, Austrian Academy of Sciences, Vienna, Austria

H. Mihashi, Tohoku University, Aoba-ku, Sendai, Japan

S. Mindess, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, Canada

D.A. Mlynski, University of Karlsruhe, Karlsruhe, Germany

A.S. Nowak, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, USA

K. Ohnishi, Keio University, Yokohama, Japan

A. Öberg, Linköping University, Linköping, Sweden

W. Pedrycz, University of Alberta, Canada

M. Razeghi, Northwestern University, Evanston, USA

J. Rodriguez, University of Andres Bello, Santiago, Chile

J.V. Sloten, Catholic University Leuven, Leuven, Belgium

B.M. Wilamowski, University of Auburn, Alabama, USA

A.L. Yarin, University of Illinois at Chicago, USA

Du Xiangwan, Chinese Academy of Engineering, China

J. Żurada, Department of Computer Engineering, University of Louisville, USA

Editorial Office:

Pałac Kultury i Nauki

Wydział IV Nauk Technicznych PAN

Pl. Defilad 1

PL 00-901 Warszawa

Managing Editor:

Renata Podraza, e-mail: Renata.Podraza@pan.pl

Finance:

Katarzyna Łasak, e-mail: Katarzyna.Lasak@pan.pl

The Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences is an open access journal with all content available with no charge in full text version.


The journal content is available under the licencse CC BY 4.0 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.

  • Volumes
  • Instructions for authors

Select number

Content

Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences | 2021 | 69 | 2

1 Contents
Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences | 2021 | 69 | 2 | 1
Download PDF Download RIS Download Bibtex
2 Machine modelling and simulations
Marek Macko , Izabela Rojek , Milan Sága , Tadeusz Burczyński , Dariusz Mikołajewski
Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences | 2021 | 69 | 2 | e136716 | DOI: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136716
Download PDF Download RIS Download Bibtex

Bibliography

  1.  Towards the Industry 4.0, HBR Polska, ICAN, How to do IT, ASTOR, 2019.
  2.  INDUSTRY 4.0, The new industrial revolution, How Europe will succeed, Company Report Roland Berger, 2019.
  3.  D. Mourtzis, “Simulation in the design and operation of manufacturing systems: state of the art and new trends”, Int. J. Prod. Res. 58(7), 1927–1949 (2020), doi: 10.1080/00207543.2019.1636321.
  4.  C.M. Gonzalez, “The future of artificial Intelligence domination”, Mechanical Engineering, The Magazine of ASME 8, 2020.
  5.  I. Rojek and E. Dostatni, “Machine learning methods for optimal compatibility of materials in ecodesign”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 68(2), 199‒206 (2020), doi: 10.24425/bpasts.2020.131848.
  6.  T. Burczyński, W. Kuś, W. Beluch, A. Długosz, A. Poteralski, and M. Szczepanik, Intelligent computing in optimal design, Springer, 2020.
  7.  I. Rojek, M. Macko, D. Mikołajewski, M. Saga, and T. Burczyński, ”Modern methods in the field of machine modelling and simulation as a research and practical issue related to Industry 4.0”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 69(2), e136717 (2021), doi: 10.24425/ bpasts.2021.136717.
  8.  D. Ondrušova, I. Labaj, M. Pajtasova, J. Vrskova, S. Bozekova, A. Feriancova, and P. Skalkova, “Targeted modification of the composition of polymer systems for industrial applications”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 69(2), e136721 (2021), doi: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136721.
  9.  R. Regulski, D. Czarnecka-Komorowska, C. Jedryczka, D. Sędziak, D. Rybarczyk, K. Netter, M. Barański, and M. Barczewski, ”Automated test bench for research on electrostatic separation in plastic recycling application”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 69(2), e136719 (2021), doi: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136719.
  10.  I. Grega, R. Grega, and J. Homisin, “Frequency of free vibration in systems with power-law restoring force”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 69(2), e136723 (2021), doi: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136723.
  11.  D. Varecha, R. Kohár, and M. Lukáč, “Theoretical Study of Heat Conduction in the Multi-Disc Brake Integrated into the Drive Wheel AGV During Braking”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 69(2), e136718 (2021), doi: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136718.
  12.  D. Czarnecka-Komorowska, K. Bryll, E. Kostecka, K. Gawdzińska, E. Piesowicz, and M. Tomasik, ”The composting of PLA/HNT biodegradable composites as an ecoapproach to the sustainability”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 69(2), e136720 (2021), doi: 10.24425/ bpasts.2021.136720.
  13.  I. Rojek, D. Mikołajewski, P. Kotlarz, M. Macko, and J. Kopowski, ”Intelligent System Supporting Technological Process Planning for Machining and 3D Printing”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 69(2), e136722 (2021), doi: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136722.
  14.  K. Kazimierska-Drobny, “PVA hydrogel deformations in response to changes in temperature or pH”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 69(2), e136724 (2021), doi: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136724.
  15.  S. Hrcek, R. Kohar, and J. Steininger, “Axial stiffness for large-scale ball slewing rings with four-point contact”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 69(2), e136725 (2021), doi: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136725.
  16.  R. Drelich, M. Rosiak, and M. Pakula, “Application of the non-contact ultrasonic method in the air to study fiber-cement corrugated boards”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 69(2), e136740 (2021), doi: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136740.
Go to article

Authors and Affiliations

Marek Macko
1
ORCID: ORCID
Izabela Rojek
2
ORCID: ORCID
Milan Sága
3
ORCID: ORCID
Tadeusz Burczyński
4
ORCID: ORCID
Dariusz Mikołajewski
2
ORCID: ORCID
  1. Department of Mechatronics, Kazimierz Wielki University, ul. Kopernika 1, 85-074 Bydgoszcz, Poland
  2. Institute of Computer Science, Kazimierz Wielki University, ul. Chodkiewicza 30, 85-064 Bydgoszcz, Poland
  3. Department of Applied Mechanics, Faculty of Mechanical Engineering, University of Žilina, 010 26 Žilina, Slovakia
  4. Institute of Fundamental Technological Research, Polish Academy of Sciences, ul. Pawińskiego 5B, 02-106 Warsaw, Poland
3 Modern methods in the field of machine modelling and simulation as a research and practical issue related to Industry 4.0
Izabela Rojek , Marek Macko , Dariusz Mikołajewski , Milan Sága , Tadeusz Burczyński
Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences | 2021 | 69 | 2 | e136717 | DOI: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136717
Keywords: Industry 4.0 Internet of Things Artificial intelligence models simulation
Download PDF Download RIS Download Bibtex

Abstract

Artificial intelligence (AI) is changing many areas of technology in the public and private spheres, including the economy. This report reviews issues related to machine modelling and simulations concerning further development of mechanical devices and their control systems as part of novel projects under the Industry 4.0 paradigm. The challenges faced by the industry have generated novel technologies used in the construction of dynamic, intelligent, flexible and open applications, capable of working in real time environments. Thus, in an Industry 4.0 environment, the data generated by sensor networks requires AI/CI to apply close-to-real-time data analysis techniques. In this way industry can face both fresh opportunities and challenges, including predictive analysis using computer tools capable of detecting patterns in the data based on the same rules that can be used to formulate the prediction.
Go to article

Bibliography

  1.  Artificial intelligence quotient –2nd edition, Digital Poland Microsoft Foundation, 2019.
  2.  IoT in the Polish economy, Report of the working group for the Internet of Things at the Ministry of Digital Affairs, Ministry of Digital Affairs, 2019.
  3.  Towards the Industry 4.0, HBR Polska, ICAN, How to do IT, ASTOR, 2019.
  4.  Industry 4.0, The new industrial revolution, How Europe will succeed, Company Report Roland Berger, 2019.
  5.  S. Tay, L. Te Chuan, A. Aziati, and A. Nur Aizat “An Overview of Industry 4.0: Definition, Components, and Government Initiatives”, J. Adv. Res. Dyn. Control Syst. 10(14), 1379‒1387 (2018).
  6.  H. Kagermann, W. Wahlster, and H. Johannes, “Recommendations for Implementing the Strategic Initiative INDUSTRIE 4.0”, Forschungsunion, 2013.
  7.  J. Qin, Y. Liu, and R. Grosvenor, “Categorical Framework of Manufacturing for Industry 4.0 and Beyond”, Procedia CIRP 52, 173–178 (2016).
  8.  D. Gorecky, M. Schmitt, M. Loskyll, and D. Zühlke “Human-Machine-Interaction in the Industry 4.0 Era”, in Proc. 12th IEEE International Conference on Industrial Informatics, 2014, pp. 289–294.
  9.  Y. Liao, F. Deschamps, E.D. Freitas, and R. Loures, “Past, present and future of Industry 4.0 – a systematic literature review and research agenda proposal”, Int. J. Prod. Res. 55(12), 3609–3629 (2017)).
  10.  D. Mourtzis, “Simulation in the design and operation of manufacturing systems: state of the art and new trends”, Int. J. Prod. Res. 58(7), 1927‒1949 (2020), doi: 10.1080/00207543.2019.1636321.
  11.  E. Chlebus, CAx computer techniques in production engineering, WNT, Warsaw, 2000, [in Polish].
  12.  W. Paprocki, “The concept of Industry 4.0 and its application in the conditions of a market economy”, in Digitization of the economy and society. Opportunities and challenges for infrastructure sectors, pp. 39‒58, eds. J. Gajewski, W. Paprocki and J. Pieriegud, Research Institute for Market Economics – Gdansk Academy of Banking, Gdansk, 2016 [in Polish].
  13.  B. Denkena, J. Schmidt, and M. Krüger, “Data mining approach for knowledge-based process planning”, Procedia Technol. 15, 406‒415 (2014).
  14.  D. Trentesaux and A. Thomas, “Product-Driven Control: Concept, Literature Review and Future Trends”, in Orientation in Holonic and Multi Agent Manufacturing and Robotics, Studies in Computational Intelligence, vol. 472, pp. 135‒150, eds., T. Borangiu, A. Thomas, and D. Trentesaux, Springer, Heidelberg, 2013.
  15.  E. Uhlmann, E. Hohwieler, and M. Kraft, “Self-organizing production with distributed intelligence. Intelligent workpieces control their way through production”, Werkstattstechnik 103(2), 114‒117 (2013) [in German].
  16.  X. Xu, L. Wang, and S.T. Newman, “Computer-aided process planning –A critical review of recent developments and future trends”, Int. J. Comput. Integr. Manuf. 24(1), 1‒31 (2011).
  17.  U. Fayyad, G. Piatetsky-Shapiro, and P. Smyth, “From Data Mining to Knowledge Discovery in Databases”, AI Magazine 17(3), 37‒54 (1996).
  18.  G. Köksal, I. Batmaz, and M.C. Testik, “A review of data mining applications for quality improvement in manufacturing industry”, Expert Syst. Appl. 38(10), 13448‒13467 (2011).
  19.  T. Sánchez López, D.C. Ranasinghe, B. Patkai, and D. McFarlane, “Taxonomy, technology and applications of smart objects”, Inf. Syst. Front. 13(2), 281‒300 (2009).
  20.  L. Wang, “Machine availability monitoring and machining process planning”, CIRP J. Manuf. Sci. Technol. 6(4), 263‒273 (2013).
  21.  S. Wang, X. Lu, X.X. Li, and W.D. Li, “A systematic approach of process planning and scheduling”, J. Clean Prod. 87(1), 914‒929 (2015).
  22.  V. Roblek, M. Meško, and A. Krapež, “A complex view of industry 4.0”, SAGE Open 6(2), 1–11 (2016).
  23.  X.G. Ming, J.Q. Yan, X.H. Wang, S.N. Li, W.F. Lu, Q.J. Peng, and Y.S. Ma, “Collaborative Process Planning and Manufacturing in Product Lifecycle Management”, Comput. Ind. 59(2‒3), 154‒166 (2008).
  24.  C.M. Gonzalez, “The future of artificial Intelligence domination”, Mechanical Engineering, The Magazine of ASME 8, 2020.
  25.  O. de Weck, D. Reed, S. Sarma, and M. Schmidt, Trends in Advanced Manufacturing Technology Research, MIT, 2013.
  26.  J. Nukeaw and W. Pecharpa, Advances in Material Science and Technology, vol. 802, TTP, 2013.
  27.  J. Zhou, “Digitalization and intelligentization of manufacturing industry”, Adv. Manuf. l(1), 1–7 (2013).
  28.  G. Lanza, B. Haefner, and A. Kraemer, “Optimization of selective assembly and adaptive manufacturing by means of cyber-physical system based matching”, CIRP Ann-Manuf. Technol.64(1), 399‒402 (2015).
  29.  L. Monostori, “Cyber-physical Production Systems: Roots, Expectations and R&D Challenges”, Procedia CIRP 17, 9‒13 (2014).
  30.  J. Becker, R. Knackstedt, and J. Pöppelbuß, “Developing Maturity Models for IT Management: A Procedure Model and its Application”, Bus. Inf. Syst. Eng. 1(3), 213‒222 (2009).
  31.  R. Gao, L. Wang, R. Teti, D. Dornfeld, S. Kumara, M. Mori, and M. Helu, “Cloud-enabled prognosis for manufacturing” , CIRP Ann- Manuf. Technol.64(2), 749‒772 (2015).
  32.  R. Berger, “INDUSTRY 4.0 – The new industrial revolution”, [Online]. Available: www.rolandberger.com [Accessed: 21. Dec. 2015]
  33.  G. Schuh, T. Potente, R. Varandani, and T. Schmitz, “Global Footprint Design based on genetic algorithms – An ‘Industry 4.0’ perspective”, CIRP Ann-Manuf. Technol.63(1), 433‒436 (2014).
  34.  M. Kohlegger, R. Maier, and S. Thalmann, “Understanding Maturity Models Results of a structured Content Analysis”, presented at The 9th International Conference on Knowledge Management and Knowledge Technologies (IKNOW ‘09), Graz, Austria, 2009.
  35.  K. Lichtblau, V. Stich, R. Bertenrath, M. Blum, M. Bleider, A. Millack, K. Schmitt, E. Schmitz, and M. Schröter, IMPULS – Industrie 4.0- Readiness, Impuls-Stiftung des VDMA, Aachen-Köln, 2015.
  36.  E.W. Ngai, D.C.K. Chau, J.K.L. Poon, and C.K.M. To, “Energy and utility management maturity model for sustainable manufacturing process”, Int. J. Prod. Econ. 146(2), 453–464 (2013).
  37.  D.C.A. Pigosso, H. Rozenfeld, and T.C. McAloone, “Ecodesign maturi-ty model: a management framework to support ecodesign implementation into manufacturing companies”, J. Clean Prod.59, 160‒173 (2013).
  38.  M.A. Maasouman and K. Demirli, “Assessment of Lean Maturity Level in Manufacturing Cells”, IFAC-PapersOnLine 48(3), 1876‒1881 (2015).
  39.  M. Pérez-Lara et al., “Vertical and horizontal integration systems in Industry 4.0”, Wireless Netw. 26, 4767–4775 (2020).
  40.  A.C. Pereira, and F. Romero, “A review of the meanings and the implications of the Industry 4.0 concept”, Procedia Manuf.13, 1206‒1214 (2017).
  41.  A. Schumacher, S. Erolb, and W. Sihna, “A maturity model for assessing Industry 4.0 readiness and maturity of manufacturing enterprises”, Procedia CIRP 52,161‒166 (2016).
  42.  D.M. Gligor and M.C. Holcomb, “Understanding the role of logistics capabilities in achieving supply chain agility: a systematic literature review”, Supp. Chain Manag. 17(4), 438‒453 (2012).
  43.  J. Schlechtendahl, M. Keinert, F. Kretschmer, A. Lechler, and A. Verl, “Making existing production systems Industry 4.0-ready: Holistic approach to the integration of existing production systems in Industry 4.0 environments”, Prod. Eng 91(1), 143 (2014).
  44.  U. Dombrowski and T. Wagner, “Mental strain as field of action in the 4th industrial revolution”, Procedia CIRP 17, 100–105 (2014).
  45.  E. Fielt, “Conceptualising business models: Definitions, frameworks and classifications”, J. Bus. Mod. 1(1), 85 (2013).
  46.  B. Schumacher, S. Erol, and W. Sihn, “A maturity model for assessing Industry 4.0 readiness and maturity of manufacturing enterprises”, Procedia CIRP 52, 161 (2016).
  47.  J.A. Saucedo-Martinez, M. Perez-Lara, J.A. Marmolejo-Saucedo, T.E. Salais-Fierro, and P. Vasant, “Industry 4.0 framework for management and operations: A review”, J. Ambient Intell. Humaniz. Comput. 9, 789–801 (2018).
  48.  B. Ślusarczyk, “Industry 4.0: are we ready?”, Pol. J. Manag. Stud. 17(1), 232‒248 (2018).
  49.  S.A. Abbas, “Entrepreneurship and information technology businesses in economic crisis”, Entrep. Sustain. Issues 5(3), 682‒692 (2018).
  50.  F. Baena, A. Guarin, J. Mora, J. Sauza, and S. Retat, “Learning Factory: The Path to Industry 4.0”, Procedia Manuf. 9, 73‒80 (2017).
  51.  J.K. Allen, S. Commuri, R. Jiao, J. Milisavljevic-Syed, F. Mistree, J. Panchal, D. Schaefer, and W. Chen, “Design Engineering in the Age of Industry 4.0”, J. Mech. Des. 142(8) 088001 (2020).
  52.  T.D. Oesterreich and F. Teuteberg, “Understanding the implications of digitization and automation in the context of Industry 4.0: A triangulation approach and elements of a research agenda for the construction industry”, Comput. Ind. 83, 121‒139 (2016).
  53.  J. Oláh, G. Karmazin, K. Pető, and J. Popp, “Information technology developments of logistics service providers in Hungary”, Int. J. Logist. Res. Appl. 21(3), 1‒13 (2017).
  54.  R. Krishnamurthi, A. Kumar, “Modeling and Simulation for Industry 4.0”, in: A Roadmap to Industry 4.0: Smart Production, Sharp Business and Sustainable Development, eds., A. Nayyar, A. Kumar, Springer, 2019.
  55.  B. Rodič, “Industry 4.0 and the New Simulation Modelling Paradigm”, Organizacija 50(3), 193–207 (2017).
  56.  I. Sittón Candanedo, E. Hernández Nieves, S. Rodríguez González, M.T. Santos Martín, and A. González Briones, “Machine learning predictive model for Industry 4.0”, in Knowledge Management in Organizations Project: IOTEC – Development of Technological Capabilities in the industrial Application of the Internet of Things, 13th International Conference KMO, Žilina, Slovakia, pp 501‒510, 2018, doi: 10.1007/978-3-319-95204-8.
  57.  I. Rojek and E. Dostatni, “Machine learning methods for optimal compatibility of materials in ecodesign”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 68(2), 199‒206 (2020).
  58.  I. Rojek, “Classifier Models in Intelligent CAPP Systems”, in Man-Machine Interactions. Advances in Intelligent and Soft Computing, vol. 59, pp. 311–319, Eds., K.A. Cyran, S. Kozielski, J.F. Peters, U. Stańczyk, and A. Wakulicz-Deja, Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2009.
  59.  I. Rojek and J. Studzinski, “Detection and Localization of Water Leaks in Water Nets Supported by an ICT System with Artificial Intelligence Methods as a Way Forward for Smart Cities”, Sustainability 11(2), 518 (2019).
  60.  J. Kopowski, I. Rojek, D. Mikolajewski, and M. Macko, “3D Printed Hand Exoskeleton – Own Concept”, in Advances in Manufacturing II. MANUFACTURING 2019. Lecture Notes in Mechanical Engineering, pp. 298‒306, Eds., J. Trojanowska, O. Ciszak, J. Machado, and I. Pavlenko, Springer, Cham, 2019, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-18715-6_25.
  61.  W. Żagan, S. Zalewski, S. Słomiński, and K. Kubiak, “Methods for designing and simulating optical systems for luminaires”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 68(4), 739‒750 (2020).
  62.  M. Gad-El-Hak, “Coherent structures and flow control: genesis and prospect”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 67(3), 411‒444 (2019).
  63.  Ch. Cimini, G. Pezzotta, R. Pinto, and S. Cavalieri, “Industry 4.0 technologies impacts in the manufacturing and supply chain landscape: an overview”, in Service Orientation in Holonic and Multi-Agent Manufacturing. SOHOMA 2018. Studies in Computational Intelligence, vol. 803, pp. 109‒120, Eds., T. Borangiu, D. Trentesaux, A. Thomas, and S. Cavalieri, Springer, Cham, 2019 doi: 10.1007/978-3-030- 03003-2_8.
  64.  J. Flizikowski and M. Macko, “Competitive design of shredder for plastic in recycling”, in Proc. 5th International Symposium on Tools and Methods of Competitive Engineering, Lausanne, Switzerland, 2004, vol. 1‒2, pp. 1147‒1148.
  65.  J. Flizikowski and M. Macko, J. Czerniak, A. Mroziński “Implementation of genetic algorithms into development of mechatronic multi- edge’s grinder design”, in Proc. of ASME International Mechanical Engineering Congress and Exposition (IMECE), Denver, 2012, vol. 7, pp. 1227‒1235.
  66.  M. Macko, A. Mroziński, and A. Prentki “Simulations CAE of wood pellet machine”, in MATEC Web of Conferences, 2019, vol. 254, art. no. 02028.
  67.  A. Napoleone, M. Macchi, and A. Pozzetti, “A review on the characteristics of cyber-physical systems for the future smart factories”, J. Manuf. Syst. 54, 305‒335 (2020).
  68.  L. Monostori, “Cyber-physical production systems: roots, expectations and R&D challenges”, Procedia CIRP 17, 9‒13 (2014).
  69.  K.D. Thoben, S. Wiesner, and T. Wuest, “Industrie 4.0 and smart manufacturing – a review of research issues and application examples”. Int. J. Autom. Technol. 11, 4‒16 (2017).
  70.  M. Garetti, L. Fumagalli, and E. Negri, “Role of ontologies for CPS implementation in manufacturing”, Manag Prod Eng Rev 6, 26‒32 (2015).
  71.  L. Shi, G. Guo, X. Song, “Multi-agent based dynamic scheduling optimisation of the sustainable hybrid flow shop in a ubiquitous environment”, Int. J. Prod. Res. 59(2), 576‒597 (2021).
  72.  M. Thürer, H. Zhang, M. Stevenson, F. Costa, and L. Ma, “Worker assignment in dual resource constrained assembly job shops with worker heterogeneity: an assessment by simulation”, Int. J. Prod. Res. 58, 6336‒6349 (2020).
  73.  C. Wang, G. Zhou, and Z. Zhu, “Service perspective based production control system for smart job shop under industry 4.0”, Robot. Comput.-Integr. Manuf. 65, 101954 (2020).
  74.  W. Polini and A. Corrado, “Digital twin of composite assembly manufacturing process”, Int. J. Prod. Res. 58, 5238‒5252 (2020).
  75.  D. Mourtzis, J. Angelopoulos, and G. Dimitrakopoulos, “Design and development of a flexible manufacturing cell in the concept of learning factory paradigm for the education of generation 4.0 engineers”, Procedia Manuf. 45, 361‒366 (2020).
  76.  Q. Demlehner and S. Laumer, “Why Context Matters: Explaining the Digital Transformation of the Manufacturing Industry and the Role of the Industry’s Characteristics in It”, Pac. Asia J. Assoc. Inf. Syst. 12(3), 3 (2020).
  77.  G. Genta, M. Galetto, and F. Franceschini, “Inspection procedures in manufacturing processes: recent studies and research perspectives”, Int. J. Prod. Res. 58, 4767‒4788 (2020).
  78.  D. Mourtzis, V. Siatras, and J. Angelopoulos, “Real-Time Remote Maintenance Support Based on Augmented Reality (AR)”, Appl. Sci. 10(5), 1855 (2020).
  79.  R. Davidson, “Cyber-Physical Production Networks, Artificial Intelligence-based Decision-Making Algorithms, and Big Data-driven Innovation in Industry 4.0-based Manufacturing Systems”, Econ. Manag. Financ. Mark. 15(3), 16‒22 (2020).
  80.  D. Mourtzis, G. Synodinos, J. Angelopoulos, and N. Panopoulos, “An augmented reality application for robotic cell customization”, Procedia CIRP 90, 654‒659 (2020).
  81.  T. White, I. Grecu, and G. Grecu, “Digitized Mass Production, Real-Time Process Monitoring, and Big Data Analytics Systems in Sustainable Smart Manufacturing”, J. Self-Gov. Manag. Econ.8(3), 37‒43 (2020).
  82.  D. Mourtzis, “Adaptive Scheduling in the Era of Cloud Manufacturing”, in Scheduling in Industry 4.0 and Cloud Manufacturing, International Series in Operations Research & Management Science, vol. 289, pp. 61‒85, Eds., B. Sokolov, D. Ivanov, and A. Dolgui, Springer, Cham, 2020 https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-43177-8_4.
  83.  N. Hangst, S. Junk, and T. Wendt, “Design of an Additively Manufactured Customized Gripper System for Human Robot Collaboration”, in Industrializing Additive Manufacturing. AMPA, pp. 415‒425, Eds., M. Meboldt and C. Klahn, Springer, Cham, 2021, http://doi-org-443. webvpn.fjmu.edu.cn/10.1007/978-3-030-54334-1_29.
  84.  Y. Tirupachuri, “Enabling Human-Robot Collaboration via Holistic Human Perception and Partner-Aware Control”, arXiv-CS-Robotics, 2020, doi: arxiv.org/abs/2004.10847v1
  85.  W. de Paula Ferreira, F. Armellini, and L.A. de Santa-Eulalia, “Simulation in industry 4.0: A state-of-the-art review”, Comput. Ind. Eng. 149, 106868 (2020).
  86.  R. Cioffi, M. Travaglioni, G. Piscitelli, A. Petrillo, and A. Parmentola, “Smart Manufacturing Systems and Applied Industrial Technologies for a Sustainable Industry: A Systematic Literature Review”, Appl. Sci. 10(8), 2897 (2020).
  87.  G. Li, S. Yang, Z. Xu, J. Wang, Z. Ren, and G. Li, “Resource allocation methodology based on object-oriented discrete event simulation: A production logistics system case study”, CIRP J. Manuf. Sci. Technol. 31, 394‒405 (2020).
  88.  R. Davis, M. Vochozka, J. Vrbka, and O. Neguriţă, “Industrial Artificial Intelligence, Smart Connected Sensors, and Big Data-driven Decision-Making Processes in Internet of Things-based Real-Time Production Logistics”, Econ. Manag. Financ. Mark.15(3), 9‒15 (2020).
  89.  C.H.D. Santos, J.A. de Queiroz, F. Leal, and J.A.B. Montevechi, “Use of simulation in the industry 4.0 context: Creation of a Digital Twin to optimise decision making on non-automated process”, J. Simul.(2020) doi: 10.1080/17477778.2020.1811172.
  90.  H. Sun, G. Pedrielli, G. Zhao, C. Zhou, W. Xu, and R. Pan, “Cyber coordinated simulation for distributed multi-stage additive manufacturing systems”, J. Manuf. Syst. 57, 61‒71 (2020).
  91.  G. Chryssolouris, N. Papakostas, and D. Mavrikios, “A Perspective on Manufacturing Strategy: Produce More with Less”, CIRP J. Manuf. Sci. Technol. 1(1), 45–52 (2008), doi: 10.1016/j.cirpj.2008.06.008.
  92.  D. Mourtzis, M. Doukas, and D. Bernidaki, “Simulation in Manufacturing: Review and Challenges”, Procedia CIRP 25, 213–229 (2014), doi: 10.1016/j.procir.2014.10.032.
  93.  T. Burczyński, W. Kuś, W. Beluch, A. Długosz, A. Poteralski, and M. Szczepanik, Intelligent computing in optimal design, Springer, 2020.
Go to article

Authors and Affiliations

Izabela Rojek
1
ORCID: ORCID
Marek Macko
2
ORCID: ORCID
Dariusz Mikołajewski
1
ORCID: ORCID
Milan Sága
3
ORCID: ORCID
Tadeusz Burczyński
4
ORCID: ORCID
  1. Institute of Computer Science, Kazimierz Wielki University, Chodkiewicza 30, 85-064 Bydgoszcz, Poland
  2. Faculty of Mechatronics, Kazimierz Wielki University, Chodkiewicza 30, 85-064 Bydgoszcz, Poland
  3. Department of Applied Mechanics, Faculty of Mechanical Engineering, University of Zilina, 010 26 Zilina, Slovakia
  4. Institute of Fundamental Technological Research, Polish Academy of Sciences, Pawińskiego 5B; 02-106 Warsaw, Poland
4 Targeted modification of the composition of polymer systems for industrial applications
Darina Ondrušová , Ivan Labaj , Mariana Pajtášová , Juliana Vršková , Slavomíra Božeková , Andrea Feriancová , Petra Skalková
Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences | 2021 | 69 | 2 | e136721 | DOI: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136721
Keywords: polymer elastomeric system industrial application rheology cure characteristics hardness rebound resilience
Download PDF Download RIS Download Bibtex

Abstract

The targeted modification of the material composition is a common procedure used to improve the parameters of the final products. This paper deals with the targeted modification of polymer systems composition using two various types of alternative fillers. The first type of alternative filler (SVD) has been obtained from energetics where it arises as a by-product of flue gas desulfurization. The second alternative filler used (KAL) is based on waste from glass production. The elastomeric systems designed for the production of car tires and solid wheels for transport systems were used in the role of modified polymer systems. Alternative fillers (SVD, KAL) have been applied as a substitution of commonly used fillers (carbon black, silica). The filler – elastomeric matrix interaction, rheology, cure characteristics, as well as hardness and rebound resilience of vulcanizates, which are important parameters for their industrial application, have been studied in the new prepared polymeric systems. The main output of the work is a new formulation of an elastomeric system for industrial applications with high rebound resilience and low rolling resistance, which is the subject of the international patent [1]. The modification of composition using raw material substitution can also bring significant environmental and economic effects.
Go to article

Bibliography

  1.  D. Ondrušová, M. Pajtášová, and I. Labaj, “Elastomer mixture and method of its preparation”, Patent PCT/SK2019/050015(2020). Available on: https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=WO2020130952&_cid=P21-KBV9GG-52072-1
  2.  L.M. McKeen, “Thermoplastic Polyurethane Elastomers (TPU)”, in Permeability Properties of Plastics and Elastomers chapter 12.1 pp. 251‒285, (3rd Edition). USA, Elsevier, 2012.
  3.  I. Kücükrendeci, “The investigation of suitable welding parameters in polypropylene sheets joined with friction stir welding”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 67(1), 133‒140 (2019), doi: 10.24425/bpas.2019.127342.
  4.  D. Ondrušová, I. Labaj, M. Pajtášová, and J. Vršková, “Preparation and properties of new elastomeric systems containing alternative fillers”, MATEC Web of Conferences 254(8), 07003 (2019), doi: 10.1051/matecconf/201925407003.
  5.  D. Ondrušová, I. Labaj, J. Vršková, M. Pajtášová, and V. Mezencevová, “Application of alternative additives in the polymer composite systems used in automotive industry”, IOP Conf. Ser.: Mater. Sci. Eng. 776, 012101 (2020).
  6.  J. Vršková, D. Ondrušová, I. Labaj, and I. Kopal, “Effect of alternative filler from glass industry on the selected properties of friction polymermatrix in automotive industry”, IOP Conf. Ser.: Mater. Sci. Eng. 776, 012106 (2020).
  7.  M. Pajtášová, D. Ondrušová, R. Janík, Z. Mičicová, B. Pecušová, I. Labaj, M. Kohutiar, and K. Moricová, “Using of alternative fillers based on the waste and its effect on the rubber properties”, MATEC Web of Conferences 254(8), 04010 (2019).
  8.  I. Labaj, D. Ondrušová, J, Vršková, and M. Kohutiar, “The effect of various alternative filler granularity on the properties of elastomeric vulcanizate”, IOP Conf. Ser.: Mater. Sci. Eng. 776, 012098 (2020).
  9.  W. Dierkes, “Raw materials and compounds”, Twente: University of Twente, (2007). [Online]. http://laroverket.com/wpcontent/ uploads/2015/03/Raw_materials_and_compounds.pdf
  10.  Z. Zhenglong, S. Bin, L. Jiangang, D. Zhiguang, and H. Zhongbo, “Research on ride comfort performance of a metal tire”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 68(3), 491‒502 (2020), doi: 10.24425/bpasts.2020.133384.
  11.  P.E.P. Giannelis, “Polymer-layered silicate nanocomposites: synthesis, properties and applications”, Appl. Organomet. Chem. 12, 675–680 (1998).
  12.  A. Limper, Mixing of Rubber Compounds, p.192, Munich: Hanser Publishers, 2012.
  13.  J.S. Dick, “Technology – Compounding and Testing for Performance”, in Rubber Mixing, 2nd Edition, chapter XXIII, pp. 504‒522, Munich: Hanser Publishers, 2009.
  14.  J. D. Vicente, Rheology, p. 338, Rijeka: InTech, 2012.
  15.  ASTM D2084–01, 2001, Standard Test Method for Rubber Property—Vulcanization Using Oscillating Disk Cure Meter ,USA: Plan Tech Inc.
  16.  ASTM D2240–15, 2017, Standard Test Method for Rubber Property—Durometer Hardness, USA: Plan Tech Inc.
  17.  B. Banerjee, “Rubbers, Compounding Ingredients and their Criterion in Tyre Retreading” in Tyre Retreading, chapter I, pp. 1–29, Shawbury: Smithers Rapra Technology Ltd., 2015.
  18.  J.S. Dick, “ODR Cure Test Parameters”, in Basic Rubber Testing – Selecting Methods for A Rubber Test Program, USA: ASTM International, 2003
  19.  J.S. Dick, Rubber Technology – Compounding and Testing for Performance, p. 592, 2nd Edition, Hanser Publishers, Munich, 2009.
  20.  S.R. Khimi and K.L. Pickerink, “A New Method to Predict Optimum Cure Time of Rubber Compound Using Dynamic Mechanical Analysis”, J. Appl. Polym. Sci. 131, 1‒6 2014, doi: 10.1002/app.40008.
  21.  S. Futamura, “Elastomer compositions for tire treads having low rolling resistance and good wet and dry grip traction”, European Patent Specification EP0234303B1, 1986. [Online]. https://patents.google.com/patent/EP0234303B1/en
Go to article

Authors and Affiliations

Darina Ondrušová
1
Ivan Labaj
1
Mariana Pajtášová
1
Juliana Vršková
1
Slavomíra Božeková
1
Andrea Feriancová
1
Petra Skalková
1
  1. Alexander Dubček University of Trenčín, Faculty of Industrial Technologies in Púchov, Ivana Krasku 491/30, 020 01 Púchov, Slovakia
5 Automated test bench for research on electrostatic separation in plastic recycling application
Roman Regulski , Dorota Czarnecka-Komorowska , Cezary Jędryczka , Dariusz Sędziak , Dominik Rybarczyk , Krzysztof Netter , Mariusz Barański , Mateusz Barczewski
Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences | 2021 | 69 | 2 | e136719 | DOI: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136719
Keywords: recycling automotive plastics waste separation electrostatic separator
Download PDF Download RIS Download Bibtex

Abstract

Many researchers in the developed countries have been intensively seeking effective methods of plastic recycling over the past years. Those techniques are necessary to protect our natural environment and save non-renewable resources. This paper presents the concept of an electrostatic separator designed as a test bench dedicated to the separation of mixed plastic waste from the automotive industry. According to the current policy of the European Union on the recycling process of the automotive industry, all these waste materials must be recycled further for re-entering into the life cycle (according to the circular economy). In this paper, the proposed concept and design of the test bench were offered the feasibility to conduct research and technological tests of the electrostatic separation process of mixed plastics. The designed test bench facilitated assessing the impact of positions of high-voltage electrodes, the value and polarity of the high voltage, the variable speed of feeders and drums, and also triboelectrification parameters (like time and intensity) on the process, among others. A specialized computer vision system has been proposed and developed to enable quick and reliable evaluation of the impact of process parameters on the efficiency of electrostatic separation. The preliminary results of the conducted tests indicated that the proposed innovative design of the research stand ensures high research potential, thanks to the high accuracy of mixed plastics in a short time. The results showed the significant impact of the corona electrode position and the value of the applied voltage on the separation process effectiveness. It can be concluded that the results confirmed the ability to determine optimally the values of the studied parameters, in terms of plastic separation effectiveness. This study showed that this concept of an electrostatic separator designed as a test bench dedicated for separation of mixed plastic waste can be widely applied in the recycling plastic industry.
Go to article

Bibliography

  1.  J. Flizikowski and M. Macko, “Competitive design of shredder for plastic in recycling”, Tools And Methods Of Competitive Engineering 1(2), 1147–1148 (2004).
  2.  M. Macko, K. Tyszczuk, G. Śmigielski, J. Flizikowski, and A. Mroziński, “The use of CAD applications in the design of shredders for polymers”, MATEC Web of Conferences 157, 02027 (2018), doi: 10.1051/matecconf/201815702027.
  3.  D. Czarnecka-Komorowska and K. Wiszumirska, “Sustainability design of plastic packaging for the Circular Economy”, Polimery 65(1), 8–17 (2020), doi: 10.14314/polimery.2020.1.2.
  4.  D. Czarnecka-Komorowska, K. Wiszumirska, and T. Garbacz, “Films LDPE/LLDPE made from post–consumer plastics: processing, structure, mechanical properties”, Adv. Sci. Technol. Res. J. 12(3), 134–142 (2018).
  5.  Directive 2000/53/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 September 2000 on end-of life vehicles – Commission Statements, 2020.
  6.  End-of-life vehicle statistics – Eurostat. [Online] https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-explained/index.php?title=End-of-life_vehicle_ statistics (accessed Feb. 26, 2020).
  7.  M. Macko, Z. Szczepanski, E. Mikolajewska, J. Nowak, and D. Mikolajewski, “Repository of 3D images for education and everyday clinical practice purposes”, Bio-Algorithms Med-Syst. 13(2), 111–116 (2017).
  8.  J. Kopowski, I. Rojek, D. Mikołajewski, and M. Macko, “3D printed hand exoskeleton-own concept”, in Advances in manufacturing II, pp. 298–306, Springer, 2019.
  9.  G. Dodbiba and T. Fujita, “Progress in separating plastic materials for recycling”, Phys. Sep. Sci. Eng. 13(3–4), 165–182 (2004).
  10.  P. Krawiec, L. Różański, D. Czarnecka-Komorowska, and Ł. Warguła, “Evaluation of the thermal stability and surface characteristics of thermoplastic polyurethane V-Belt”, Materials 13(7), 1502 (2020).
  11.  S.A. Pradeep, R.K. Iyer, H. Kazan, and S. Pilla, “Automotive applications of plastics: past, present, and future”, in Applied Plastics Engineering Handbook, 651–673, Elsevier, 2017.
  12.  X. Yang, X. Liu, L. Song, C. Y. Lv, and X. Cheng, “Study on the separators for plastic wastes processing”, Procedia Eng. 174, 497–503 (2017).
  13.  S. Serranti and G. Bonifazi, “Techniques for separation of plastic wastes”, in Use of Recycled Plastics in Eco-efficient Concrete, pp. 9–37, Elsevier, 2019.
  14.  K.C. Lai, S.K. Lim, P.C. Teh, and K.H. Yeap, “An artificial neural network approach to predicting electrostatic separation performance for food waste recovery”, Pol. J. Environ. Stud. 26(4), 1921–1926 (2017), doi: 10.15244/pjoes/68963.
  15.  J. Wang, M. de Wit, R. M. Boom, and M.A.I. Schutyser, “Charging and separation behavior of gluten–starch mixtures assessed with a custom-built electrostatic separator”, Sep. Purif. Technol. 152, 164–171 (2015), doi: 10.1016/j.seppur.2015.08.025.
  16.  S. Tabtabaei, D. Konakbayeva, A. R. Rajabzadeh, and R.L. Legge, “Functional properties of navy bean (Phaseolus vulgaris) protein concentrates obtained by pneumatic tribo-electrostatic separation”, Food Chem. 283, 101–110 (2019), doi: 10.1016/j.foodchem.2019.01.031.
  17.  J. Wang, J. Zhao, M. de Wit, R.M. Boom, and M.A.I. Schutyser, “Lupine protein enrichment by milling and electrostatic separation”, Innovative Food Sci. Emerg. Technol. 33, 596–602 (2016), doi: 10.1016/j.ifset.2015.12.020.
  18.  A. Iuga, L. Calin, V. Neamtu, A. Mihalcioiu, and L. Dascalescu, “Tribocharging of plastics granulates in a fluidized bed device”, J. Electrostat. 63(6), 937–942 (2005), doi: 10.1016/j.elstat.2005.03.064.
  19.  L. Calin et al., “Tribocharging of Granular Plastic Mixtures in View of Electrostatic Separation”, IEEE Trans. Ind. Appl. 44(4), 1045–1051 (2008), doi: 10.1109/TIA.2008.926689.
  20.  M. Żenkiewicz, T. Żuk, and J. Pietraszek, “Modeling electrostatic separation of mixtures of poly(ε-caprolactone) with poly(vinyl chloride) or poly(ethylene terephthalate)”, Przem. Chem. 95(9), 1687–1692 (2016), doi: 10.15199/62.2016.9.6.
  21.  A. Cieśla, M. Skowron, and P. Syrek, “Elektryzacja ziaren węgla metodą tryboelektryczną”, Przegląd Elektrotechniczny, 1(1), 129–132 (2017), doi: 10.15199/48.2017.01.31.
  22.  H. Lu, J. Li, J. Guo, and Z. Xu, “Movement behavior in electrostatic separation: Recycling of metal materials from waste printed circuit board”, J. Mater. Process. Technol. 197(1), 101–108 (2008), doi: 10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2007.06.004.
  23.  T. Dziubak, “Experimental research on separation efficiency of aerosol particles in vortex tube separators with electric field”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 68(3), 503–516 (2020).
  24.  L. Dascalescu et al., “Factors that influence the efficiency of a fluidized-bed-type tribo-electrostatic separator for mixed granular plastics”, J. Phys. Conf. Ser. 301, 012066 (2011), doi: 10.1088/1742-6596/301/1/012066.
  25.  A. Cieśla, W. Kraszewski, M. Skowron, A. Surowiak, and P. Syrek, “Application of electrodynamic drum separator to electronic wastes separation”, Min. Res. Manag. 32(1), 155–174 (2016), doi: 10.1515/gospo-2016-0007.
  26.  H.M. Veit, T.R. Diehl, A.P. Salami, J.S. Rodrigues, A.M. Bernardes, and J. A. S. Tenório, “Utilization of magnetic and electrostatic separation in the recycling of printed circuit boards scrap”, Waste Manage. 25(1), 67–74 (2005), doi: 10.1016/j.wasman.2004.09.009.
  27.  U. Śliwa and M. Skowron, “Analysis of the electric field distribution in the drum separator of different electrode configuration”, IAPGOS, 6, 79–82 (2016).
  28.  L. Dascalescu, T. Zeghloul, and A. Iuga, “Chapter 4 – Electrostatic separation of metals and plastics from waste electrical and electronic equipment”, in WEEE Recycling, 75–106, 2016.
  29.  G. Bedeković, B. Salopek, and I. Sobota, “Electrostatic separation of PET/PVC mixture”, Tech. Gaz. 18(2), 261–266 (2011).
  30.  L. Calin, A. Mihalcioiu, A. Iuga, and L. Dascalescu, “Fluidized bed device for plastic granules triboelectrification”, Part. Sci. Technol. 25(2), 205–211 (2007), doi: 10.1080/02726350701257782.
  31.  T. Zeghloul, A. Mekhalef Benhafssa, G. Richard, K. Medles, and L. Dascalescu, “Effect of particle size on the tribo-aero-electrostatic separation of plastics”, J. Electrostat. 88, 24–28 (2017), doi: 10.1016/j.elstat.2016.12.003.
  32.  M. Mirkowska, M. Kratzer, C. Teichert, and H. Flachberger, “Principal factors of contact charging of minerals for a successful triboelectrostatic separation process – a review”, Berg Huettenmaenn Monatsh 161(8), 359–382 (2016), doi: 10.1007/s00501-016-0515-1.
  33.  M. Dötterl et al., “Electrostatic Separation”, in Ullmann’s Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemistry, pp. 1–35, Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, 2016, doi: 10.1002/14356007.b02_20.pub2.
  34.  M. Lungu, “Electrical separation of plastic materials using the triboelectric effect”, Miner. Eng. 17(1), 69–75 (2004).
  35.  A. Benabderrahmane, K. Medles, T. Zeghloul, P. Renoux, L. Dascalescu, and A. Parenty, “Triboelectrostatic separation of brominated f lame retardants polymers from mixed granular wastes”, in 2019 IEEE Industry Applications Society Annual Meeting, Baltimore, USA, 2019, pp. 1–4, doi: 10.1109/IAS.2019.8912375.
  36.  M. Żenkiewicz and T. Żuk, “Physical basis of tribocharging and electrostatic separation of plastics”, Polimery 59(4), 314–323 (2014), doi: 10.14314/polimery.2014.314.
  37.  Y. Wu, G.S.P. Castle, and I.I. Inculet, “Induction charging of granular materials in an electric field”, in Conference Record of the 2004 IEEE Industry Applications Conference. 39th IAS Annual Meeting, 2004, pp. 2366‒2372 vol. 4, doi: 10.1109/IAS.2004.1348806.
  38.  F. Portoghese, F. Berruti, and C. Briens, “Continuous on-line measurement of solid moisture content during fluidized bed drying using triboelectric probes”, Powder Technol. 181(2), 169–177 (2008), doi: 10.1016/j.powtec.2007.01.003.
  39.  J.-K. Lee, J.-H. Shin, and Y.-J. Hwang, “Triboelectrostatic separation system for separation of PVC and PS materials using fluidized bed tribocharger”, KSME Inter. J. 16(10), 1336–1345 (2002), doi: 10.1007/BF02983841.
  40.  L. Dascalescu et al., “Charges and forces on conductive particles in roll-type corona-electrostatic separators”, IEEE Trans. Ind. Appl. 31(5), 947–956, (1995), doi: 10.1109/28.464503.
  41.  Y.E. Prawatya, M.B. Neagoe, T. Zeghloul, and L. Dascalescu, “Surface-electric-potential characteristics of tribo- and corona-charged polymers: a comparative study”, IEEE Trans. Ind. Appl. 53(3), 2423–2431 (2017), doi: 10.1109/TIA.2017.2650145.
  42.  Y. Prawatya, B. Neagoe, T. Zeghloul, and L. Dascalescu, “Comparison between the surface-electric-potential characteristics of tribo- and corona- charged polymers”, in 2015 IEEE Industry Applications Society Annual Meeting, 2015, pp. 1–5, doi: 10.1109/IAS.2015.7356756.
  43.  M. Maammar, W. Aksa, M. F. Boukhoulda, S. Touhami, L. Dascalescu, and T. Zeghloul, “Modeling and simulation of nonconductive particles trajectories in a multifunctional electrostatic separator”, IEEE Trans. on Ind. Applicat. 55(5), 5244–5252 (2019), doi: 10.1109/ TIA.2019.2920805.
  44.  K. Flynn, A. Gupta, and F. Hrach, “Electrostatic Separation of Dry Granular Plant Based Food Materials – ST Equipment & Technology (STET)”, 2017. [Online]. Available: https://steqtech.com/electrostatic-separation-dry-granular-plant-based-food-materials/.
  45.  D. Czarnecka-Komorowska, K. Grześkowiak, P. Popielarski, M. Barczewski, K. Gawdzińska, and M. Popławski, “Polyethylene wax modified by organoclay bentonite used in the lost-wax casting process: processing-structure property relationships”, Materials 13(10), 2255 (2020).
  46.  Ł. Knypiński, “Optimal design of the rotor geometry of line-start permanent magnet synchronous motor using the bat algorithm”, Open Phys. 15(1), 965–970 (2017).
  47.  Ł. Knypiński, K. Pawełoszek, and Y. Le Menach, “Optimization of low-power line-start PM motor using gray wolf metaheuristic algorithm”, Energies 13(5), 1186 (2020), doi: 10.3390/en13051186.
  48.  I. Rojek and E. Dostatni, “Machine learning methods for optimal compatibility of materials in ecodesign”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 68(2), 199–206 (2020).
Go to article

Authors and Affiliations

Roman Regulski
1
ORCID: ORCID
Dorota Czarnecka-Komorowska
2
ORCID: ORCID
Cezary Jędryczka
3
ORCID: ORCID
Dariusz Sędziak
1
ORCID: ORCID
Dominik Rybarczyk
1
ORCID: ORCID
Krzysztof Netter
1
ORCID: ORCID
Mariusz Barański
3
ORCID: ORCID
Mateusz Barczewski
2
ORCID: ORCID
  1. Institute of Mechanical Technology, Poznan University of Technology, 60-965 Poznań, Poland
  2. Institute of Materials Technology, Poznan University of Technology, 60-965 Poznań, Poland
  3. Institute of Electrical Engineering and Electronics, Poznan University of Technology, 60-965 Poznań, Poland
6 Frequency of free vibration in systems with power-law restoring force
Ivan Grega , Robert Grega , Jaroslav Homisin
Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences | 2021 | 69 | 2 | e136723 | DOI: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136723
Keywords: power-law restoring force nonlinear vibration dimensional analysis numerical simulations
Download PDF Download RIS Download Bibtex

Abstract

To model the nonlinear behaviour of vibrating systems, Taylor expansion with integer powers is often used. Some systems, however, are inherently nonlinear. In the case of a non-integer real exponent, the power-law system cannot be linearised around the equilibrium position using Taylor expansion. The approach presented here provides a simple estimate of the principal frequency of free vibration in systems with power-law restoring force. Without seeking the precise mathematical form of the output waveform, we only focus on the principal frequency. The first step is the use of dimensional analysis to reduce the number of parameters. Two independent non-dimensional groups are formed and functional dependence between them is sought using numerical simulations. Once this dependence is known, the principal frequency of free vibration can be readily determined for any system properties and any initial conditions. Finally, we compare the numerical results to analytical expressions for a few restoring force exponents.
Go to article

Bibliography

  1.  M. Moravec et al., “Development of psychoacoustic model based on the correlation of the subjective and objective sound quality assessment of automatic washing machines”, Appl. Acoust. 140, 178–182 (2018).
  2.  M. Puškar et al., “Possibilities for reducing combustion engine fuel consumption and gas emissions”, Pol. J. Environ. Stud. 27(4), 1691–1698 (2018).
  3.  L. Jakubovičová et al., “Impact analysis of mutual rotation of roller bearing rings on the process of contact stresses in rolling elements”, Manuf. Technol. 13(1), 50–54 (2013).
  4.  Y. Li et al., “Analysis on electromechanical coupling vibration characteristics of in-wheel motor in electric vehicles considering air gap eccentricity”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 67(5), 851–862 (2019).
  5.  B. Błachowski and W. Gutkowski, “Graph based discrete optimization in structural dynamics”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 62(1), 91–102 (2014).
  6.  M.P. Kazmierkowski, “Power Electronics in Renewable Energy Systems and Smart Grid: Technology and Applications”, IEEE Ind. Electron. Mag. 13(4), 138–138 (2019).
  7.  W. Jarzyna, “A survey of the synchronization process of synchronous generators and power electronic converters”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 67(6), 1069–1083 (2019).
  8.  M. Wieczorek, M. Lewandowski, and W. Jefimowski, “Cost comparison of different configurations of a hybrid energy storage system with battery-only and supercapacitor-only storage in an electric city bus”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 67(6), 1095–1106 (2019).
  9.  R. Grega et al., “Failure analysis of driveshaft of truck body caused by vibrations”, Eng. Fail. Anal. 79, 208–215 (2017).
  10.  THE AA: European emission standards, Limits to improve air quality and health, (2017).
  11.  L. Jakubovičová et al., “Transport Duty Cycle Measurement of Hybrid Drive Unit for Mixing Drum”, Adv. Intell. Syst. Comput. 393, 219–224 (2016).
  12.  P. Charles et al., “Detecting the crankshaft torsional vibration of diesel engines for combustion related diagnosis”, J. Sound Vib. 321, 1171–1185 (2009).
  13.  M. Sága et al., “Modeling and experimental analysis of the aluminium alloy fatigue damage in the case of bending – torsion loading”, Procedia Eng. 48, 599–606 (2012).
  14.  L. Konieczny et al., “Determination of the effect of tire stiffness on wheel accelerations by the forced vibration test method”, J. Vibroengineering 17, 4469–4477 (2005).
  15.  A. Wedin, “Reduction of Vibrations in Engines using Centrifugal Pendulum Vibration Absorbers”, Chalmers University of Technology, 2011.
  16.  W. Sun et al., “Nonlinear Characteristics Study and Parameter Optimization of DMF-RS”, SAE Int. J. Passeng. Cars – Mech. Syst. 4(2), 1050–1057 (2011).
  17.  M. Zink and M. Hausner, “LuK clutch systems and torsional dampers”, Schaeffler Symposium, 2010, pp. 8–27.
  18.  R. Grega et al., “The Reduction Of Vibrations In A Car – The Principle Of Pneumatic Dual Mass Flywheel”, Zeszyty naukowe Politechniki Śląskiej 84, 21–28 (2014).
  19.  J. Krajňák et al., “The analysis of the impact of vibrations on noisiness of the mechanical system”, Pneumatyka 17, 21–26 (2016).
  20.  J. Homisin et al., “Removal of systematic failure of belt conveyor drive by reducing vibrations”, Eng. Fail. Anal. 99, 192‒202 (2019).
  21.  J. Krajnak et al., “Effect of helium on mechanical properties of flexible pneumatic coupling”, Sci. J. Sil. Uni. Tech. – Ser. Trans. 73, 63–69 (2011).
  22.  P. Baran and R. Grega, “Comparison of dynamic properties of dual mass flywheel”, Diagnostyka 16, 29–33 (2015).
  23.  J. Homisin et al., “Continuous tuning of ship propulsion system by means of pneumatic tuner of torsional oscillation”, Int. J. Mar. Eng.: Trans. R. Inst. Nav. Arch. 158 (A3), 231–238 (2016).
  24.  Ye-Wei Zhang et al., “Nonlinear energy sink with inerter”, Mech. Sys. Sig. Proc. 125, 52–64 (2019).
  25.  D. Qiu et al., “Design of cubic stiffness for the absorber of Nonlinear Energy Sink”, CFA/VISHNO, 2016.
  26.  A. Haris et al., “A study on torsional vibration attenuation in automotive drivetrains using absorbers with smooth and non-smooth nonlinearities”, Appl. Math. Model 46, 674–690 (2017).
  27.  D. Maffiodo et al., “Finite life fatigue design of spiral springs of dual-mass flywheels: Analytical estimation and experimental results”, AIME 10(6), 1–13 (2018).
  28.  J. Homisin, “Characteristics of pneumatic tuners of torsional oscillation as a result of patent activity”, Acta Mech. Autom. 10(4), 316–323 (2016).
  29.  R. Grega and J. Krajnak, “The pneumatic dual-mass flywheel”, Sci. J. Sil. Uni. Tech. – Ser. Trans. 76, 19–24 (2012).
  30.  I. Grega and R. Grega, “Simple approach for pure cubic nonlinear vibrating systems”, Proj. bad. eks.: Tom 1. – Bielsko-Biała 91–100 (2019).
  31.  I. Kovacic and M. Brennan, “The Duffing Equation: Nonlinear Oscillators and their Behaviour”, Wiley, Chichester, 2011.
  32.  Z. Rakaric and I. Kovacic, “Approximations for motion of the oscillators with a non-negative real-power restoring force”, J. Sound Vib. 330(2), 321–336 (2011).
  33.  E. Buckingham, “On Physically Similar Systems; Illustrations of the Use of Dimensional Equations”, Phys. Rev. 4(4), 345–376 (1914).
  34.  I. Grega et al., “The potential for use of cubic nonlinear systems in internal combustion engine drivetrains”, XXV Polish-Slovak Scientific Conference on Machine Modelling and Simulations, 2020.
Go to article

Authors and Affiliations

Ivan Grega
1
Robert Grega
2
ORCID: ORCID
Jaroslav Homisin
2
  1. Department of Engineering, University of Cambridge, Trumpington Street, Cambridge CB2 1PZ, United Kingdom
  2. Faculty of Mechanical Engineering, Technical University of Kosice, Letna 9, 042 00 Kosice, Slovakia
7 Theoretical study of heat conduction in the multi-disc brake integrated into the drive wheel AGV during braking
Daniel Varecha , Róbert Kohár , Michal Lukáč
Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences | 2021 | 69 | 2 | e136718 | DOI: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136718
Keywords: simulation braking systems one-dimensional heat conduction multi-disc brake AGV ceramic vs. organic brake pads
Download PDF Download RIS Download Bibtex

Abstract

This paper is focused on the theoretical study of heat conduction in the multi-brake system of the automated guided vehicle (AGV). The study aims to compare the amount of heat generated during braking from 10 m/s until a stop in a brake system based on organic and ceramic friction material. The theoretical study of heat conduction is solved in Matlab computational software using a derived Fourier partial differential equation for nonstationary heat conduction. The results of the simulation of the heat conduction are shown in the diagrams and indicate not only the temperature dependence in the period during braking from a speed of 10 m/s to a stop but also the amount of heat accumulated in the steel disc during braking. The simulation results show that braking in both brake systems generates approximately the same amount of heat. The difference occurs in the period of thermal activity, which was influenced by the length of the braking distance. This is caused by a coefficient of friction that significantly affects the final braking result. Finally, it can be stated that the brake system based on organic material must be equipped with a steel disc with a minimum thickness of 8 mm. This is because the brake system based on organic friction material has a set temperature limit of 160 degrees Celsius. The results presented in this study will help an engineer constructor to choose the right procedures and parameters of geometry for designing the mentioned braking system for the considered AGV.
Go to article

Bibliography

  1.  D. Varecha, R. Kohar, and F. Brumercik, “AGV brake system simulation”, LOGI – Scientific Journal on Transport and Logistics 10(1), p. 9 (2019).
  2.  G. Kovács, “Novel supply chain concepts and optimization of virtual enterprises to reduce cost, increase productivity and boost competitiveness”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 66(6), 973–980 (2018).
  3.  P. Piotrowski, D. Baczyński, S. Robak, M. Kopyt, M. Piekarz, and M. Polewaczyk, “Comprehensive forecast of electromobility mid-term development in Poland and its impacts on power system demand”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 68(4), 697–709 (2020).
  4.  M. Belorit et al., “Description of the bearing check program for countershaft gearboxs”, Proceding of 58th International Conference of Machine Design Departmens (ICDM), Prague, 2017, pp. 32–35.
  5.  M. Jacyna, R. Jachimowsky, E. Szczepański, and M. Izdebski, “Road vehicle sequencing problem in a railroad intermodal terminal – simulation research”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 68(5), 1135–1148 (2020).
  6.  D. Varecha, R. Kohar, and T. Gajdosik, “Optimizing the braking system for handling equipment”, IOP Conf. Ser.: Mater. Sci. Angl. 659, 012062 (2019).
  7.  S. Devansh, P. Sahil, and R.S. Aravind, “Industry 4:0: Tools and Implementation”, Manag. Prod. Angl. Rev. 10(3), 3–13 (2019).
  8.  K. Chwesiuk, “Integrated computer system of management in logistics”, Arch. Transp. 23(2), 153–163 (2011).
  9.  T. Kornuta, C.C. Zieliński, and T. Winiarski, “A universal architectural pattern and specification method for robot control system design”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 68(1), 3–29 (2020).
  10.  L. Kucera, T. Gajdosik, I. Gajdac, M. Mruzek, and M. Tomasikova, “Simulation of real driving cycles of electric cars in laboratory conditions”, Communications – Scientific Letters of the University of Zilina, 19(2A), 42–47 (2017).
  11.  M. Mruzek, I. Gajdac, L. Kucera, and T. Gajdosik, “The possibilityies of increasing the electric vehicle range”, TRANSCOM – International Scientific Conference on Sustainable, Modern and Safe Transprt, Procedia Engineering, 192, 621–625, (2017).
  12.  V. Kraus, Výpočet teplôt radiacích lamelových spojok a bŕzd (Calculation of temperature multi-disc shifting brake and shifting clutches), Habilitation thesis, p. 70, Žilina (1980), [in Slovak].
  13.  M. Lukac, F. Brumercik, L. Krzywonos, and Z. Krzysiak, “Transmission system power flow model”, Communications – Scientific Letters of the University of Zilina, 19(2), 27‒31, (2017).
  14.  A. Estevez-Torres et. al., “Fourier analysis to measure diffusion coefficients and resolve mixtures on a continuous electrophoresis chip”, Anal. Chem. 79(21), 8222–8231, (2007).
  15.  A.W. Orlowic, M. Mróz, G. Wnuk, O Markowska, W, Homik, and B. Kolbusz, “Coefficient of friction of a brake disc-brake pad friction couple”, Arch. Foundry Eng. 16, 196–200 (2016).
  16.  F. Talati and S. Jalalifar, “Analysis of heat conduction in disc brake system”, Heat Mass Transfer 45, 1047 (2009).
  17.  D.P. Milenković et al., “The influence of brake pads thermal conductivity on passenger car brake system efficiency”, Therm. Sci. 14, 221–230 (2010).
  18.  U. Siedlecka,”Heat conduction in the finite medium using the fractional single-phase-lag model”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 67(2), 401–407 (2019).
  19.  M. Lenarczyk and R. Domański, “Investigation of non-fourier thermal waves interaction in a solid material”, Arch. Thermodyn. 40(1), 115–126 (2019).
  20.  D. Spałek, “Two relations for generalized discrete fourier transform coefficients”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 66(3), 275–281 (2018).
  21.  K. Oprzędkiewicz, W. Mitkvski, E. Gawin, and K. Dziedzic, “The caputo vs. caputo-fabrizio operators in modeling of heat transfer process”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 66(4), 501–507 (2018).
  22.  Y. Slavchev, L. Dimitrov, and Y. Dimitrov, “3-D computer research and comparative analysis of dynamic aspect of drum brakes and caliper disc brakes”, Arch. Mech. Eng. 65(2), 253–276 (2018).
  23.  T. Muszyńsky and S. Kozieł, “Parametric study of fluid flow and heat transfer over louvered fins of air heat pump evaporator”, Arch. Thermodyn. 37(3), 45–62 (2016).
  24.  K. Wolf, Integral transforms in science and engineering, pp. 255–378, 1st Edition, Springer US, Boston, 1979.
Go to article

Authors and Affiliations

Daniel Varecha
1
Róbert Kohár
1
Michal Lukáč
1
  1. University of Žilina, Faculty of Mechanical Engineering, Department of Design and Mechanical Elements, Univerzitná 8215/1, 010 26 Žilina, Slovakia
8 The composting of PLA/HNT biodegradable composites as an eco-approach to the sustainability
Dorota Czarnecka-Komorowska , Katarzyna Bryll , Ewelina Kostecka , Małgorzata Tomasik , Elżbieta Piesowicz , Katarzyna Gawdzińska
Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences | 2021 | 69 | 2 | e136720 | DOI: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136720
Keywords: polymer composite materials (PMC) biocomposites polylactic acid (PLA) halloysite composting process performance properties
Download PDF Download RIS Download Bibtex

Abstract

The article presents the results of the research related to the decomposition of polylactic acid (PLA)/halloysite nanotube (HNTs) biocomposites into a simple organic form. After manufacturing the nanocomposites, the evaluation of the composting process simulation was conducted using the biodegradation method. First, the selected properties of PLA/HNTs biocomposites, such as density, water absorption, and impact strength were tested. Next, the impact of the composting process on the behavior of PLA/HNTs composites was investigated from 30 to 90 days. Finally, the loss of mass of the composites, hardness, and the structural changes of biocomposites under the composting conditions before and after the composting were evaluated using SEM microscopy. The results showed that the PLA modified by HNT particles has biodegradation-friendly properties and therein is fully suitable for organic recycling. Due to this, in the coming years, it may contribute to the replacement of non-biodegradability polymers, i.e. polyolefins and polyesters, and reduction of plastic packaging wastes.
Go to article

Bibliography

  1.  M. Rybaczewska-Błażejowska and A. Mena-Nieto, “Circular economy: comparative life cycle assessment of fossil polyethylene terephthalate (PET) and its recycled and bio-based counterparts”, Manag. Prod. Eng. Rev. 11(4), 121–12 (2020).
  2.  D. Czarnecka-Komorowska and K. Wiszumirska, “Sustainability design of plastic packaging for the Circular Economy”, Polimery 65(1), 8–17 (2020).
  3.  J. Flizikowski and M. Macko, ”Competitive design of shredder for plastic in recycling. Ed. By I. Horvath, P. Xirouchakis, in Proc. of 2004 5th International Symposium on Tools and Methods of Competitive Engineering, Lausanne, Switzerland, 2004, pp. 1147‒1148.
  4.  P. Wiseman, Petrochemicals, Wiley, New York.1986.
  5.  P. Krawiec, L. Różanski, D. Czarnecka-Komorowska, and Ł. Warguła, “Evaluation of the Thermal Stability and Surface Characteristics of Thermoplastic Polyurethane V-Belt”, Materials 13(7), 1502 (2020).
  6.  V. Siracusa, P. Rocculi, S. Romani, and M.D. Rosa, “Biodegradable polymers for food packaging: a review”, Trends Food Sci. Technol. 19(12), 634‒643 (2008).
  7.  J.H. Song, R.J. Murphy, R. Narayan, and G.B.H. Davies, “Biodegradable and compostable alternatives to conventional plastics”, Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London B 364(1526), 2127–2139 (2009).
  8.  I. Wojnowska-Baryła, D. Kulikowska, and K. Bernat, “Effect of Bio-Based Products on Waste Management”, Sustainability 12(5), 2088 (2020).
  9.  P. Sakiewicz, R. Nowosielski, W. Pilarczyk, K. Gołombek, and M. Lutyński, “Selected properties of the halloysite as a component of Geosynthetic Clay Liners (GCL)”, J. Achiev. Mater. Manuf. Eng. (2), 177‒191 (2011).
  10.  Y. Tokiwa and B.P. Calabia, “Biodegradability and biodegradation of poly(lactide)”, Appl. Microbiol. Biotechnol, 72(2), 244–251 (2006).
  11.  H. Nishida and Y. Tokiwa, “Effects of higher-order structure of poly(3-hydroxybutyrate) on its biodegradation. I. Effects of heat treatment on microbial degradation”, J. Appl. Polym. Sci. 46(8), 1467–1476 (1992).
  12.  F. Razza, M. Fieschi, F.D. Innocent, and C. Bastioli, “Compostable cutlery and waste management: An LCA”, Waste Manag. 29, 1424‒1433 (2009).
  13.  APME 2002, “Using waste plastic as a substitute for coal”, Warmer Bull. 83, 20‒21 (2002).
  14.  ASTM 2002, “Standard specification for compostable plastics (Designation: D 6400‒99)”, ASTM International, USA 2002.
  15.  R. Narayan, ”Biobased and biodegradable polymer materials: Rationale, drivers, and technology exemplars”, ACS Symposium Series 939(18), 282‒306 (2006).
  16.  H. Saveyn and P. Eder, “Kryteria end-of-waste dla odpadów biodegradowalnych poddawanych obróbce biologicznej (kompost i fermentat): Propozycje techniczne”, Luxembourg, Publications Office of the European Union, 2014.
  17.  W. Sikorska, M. Musioł, J. Rydz, M. Kowalczuk, and G. Adamus, “Industrial composting as a waste management method of polyester materials obtained from renewable sources”, Polimery 11‒12, 818‒827 (2019).
  18.  J.S. Yaradoddi et al., “Alternative and Renewable Bio-based and Biodegradable Plastics”, in Handbook of Ecomaterials, eds. L. Martínez, O. Kharissova, B. Kharisov, Springer, Cham, 2019.
  19.  I. Rojek and E. Dostatni, “Machine learning methods for optimal compatibility of materials in ecodesign”, Bull. Pol. Acad Sci. Tech. Sci. 68(2), 199‒206 (2020).
  20.  A. Höglund, K. Odelius, and A.C. Albertsson, “Crucial Differences in the Hydrolytic Degradation between Industrial Polylactide and Laboratory-Scale Poly(L-lactide)”, ACS Appl. Mater. Interfaces 4‒5, 2788‒2793 (2012).
  21.  L. Avérous, “Polylactic acid: Synthesis, properties and applications”, in Monomers, Polymers and Composites from Renewable Resources, pp. 433–450, eds. M.N. Belgacem, A. Gandini, Elsevier; Oxford, UK, 2008.
  22.  G. Kale et al., “Compostability of Bioplastic Packaging Materials: An Overview”, Macromol. Biosci. 7(3), 255‒277 (2007).
  23.  T. Iwata and Y. Doi, “Morphology and enzymatic degradation of poly(L-lactic acid) single crystals, Macromolecules 31(8), 2461–2467 (1998).
  24.  R.T. McDonald, S. McCarthy, and R.A. Gross, “Enzymatic degradability of poly(lactide): effects of chain stereochemistry and material crystallinity”, Macromolecules 29(23), 7356–7361 (1996).
  25.  H. Tsuji and S. Miyauchi, “Poly(L-lactide): VI. Effects of crystallinity on enzymatic hydrolysis of poly(L-lactide) without free amorphous region”, Polym. Degrad. Stab. 71(3), 415–424 (2001).
  26.  Y. Tokiwa and T. Suzuki, “Hydrolysis of polyesters by Rhizopus delemar lipase”, Agric. Biol. Chem. 42(5), 1071–1072 (1978).
  27.  S. Li and S. McCarthy, “Influence of crystallinity and stereochemistry on the enzymatic degradation of poly(lactide)s”, Macromolecules 32(13), 4454–4456 (1999).
  28.  A.Torres, A.S.M. Li, S. Roussos, and M. Vert, “Degradation of L-and DL-lactic acid oligomers in the presence of Fusarium moniliforme and Pseudomonas putida”, J. Environ. Polym. Degrad. 4, 213–223 (1996).
  29.  T. Ohkita and S.H. Lee, “Thermal degradation and biodegradability of poly(lactic acid)/corn starch biocomposites”, J. Appl. Polym. Sci. 100(4), 3009–3017 (2006).
  30.  H. Urayama, T. Kanamori, and Y. Kimura “Properties and biodegradability of polymer blends of poly(l-lactide)s with different optical purity of the lactate units”, Macromol. Mater. Eng. 287(2), 116–121 (2002).
  31.  O. Gil-Castell et al., “Polylactide-based self-reinforced composites biodegradation: Individual and combined influence of temperature, water and compost”, Polym. Degrad. Stab. 158, 40–51 (2018).
  32.  J. Giri et al., “Compostable composites of wheat stalk micro- and nanocrystalline cellulose and poly(butylene adipate-co-terephthalate): Surface properties and degradation behavior”, J. Appl. Polym. Sci. 136(43), 48149 (2019).
  33.  P. Olsén, N. Herrera, and L.A. Berglund, “Toward biocomposites recycling: localized interphase degradation in PCL-cellulose biocomposites and its mitigation”, Biomacromolecules 21(5), 1795–1801 (2020).
  34.  L. Mespouille, Ph. Degee, and Ph. Dubois, ”Amphiphilic poly(N,N-dimethylamino-2-ethyl methacrylate)-g-poly(ε-caprolactone) graft copolymers: synthesis and characterisation”, Eur. Polym. J. 41(6), 1187‒1195 (2005).
  35.  D. Neugebauer, “The synthesis of grafted copolymers by a combination of two controlled polymerization techniques”, Polimery 56(7‒8), 521‒629 (2011).
  36.  NatureWorks catalogue [Online]. Available: http://www.cn-plas.com/uploads/soft/190227/3260HP.pdf (Accessed on 25 Oct. 2020).
  37.  Sigma-Aldrich Catalogue [Online]. Available: https://www.sigmaaldrich.com/catalog/product/aldrich/685445?lang=pl&region=PL (Accessed on 10 Oct. 2020).
  38.  K. Gawdzińska, S. Paszkiewicz, E. Piesowicz, K. Bryll, I. Irska, A. Lapis, E. Sobolewska, A. Kochmańska, W. Ślączka, “ Preparation and characterization of hybrid nanocomposites for dental applications”, Applied Sciences 9(7), 1381 (2019).
  39.  Polish standard PN-EN ISO 1183-1:2004. Plastics – Methods for determining the density of non-cellular plastics. Part 1: Immersion method, liquid pyknometer method and titration method (accessed on 28 Oct. 2020).
  40.  Polish standard PN-EN ISO 179:2010. Plastics – Determination of Charpy impact properties – Part 1: Non-instrumented impact test. (accessed on 28 Oct. 2020).
  41.  Polish standard PN-EN ISO 62:2008. Plastics – Determination of water absorption. (accessed on 29 Oct. 2020).
  42.  W. Grellmann and S. Seidler, „Polymer Testing” Hanser Publications, OH, 2013.
  43.  D. Czarnecka-Komorowska, E. Kostecka, K. Bryll, and K. Gawdzińska, „Analysis of the decomposition using the short degradation technique of polylactic acid/halloysite nanotube biocomposites”, Machine Modelling and Simulations MMS 2020 Conference, Tleń, 2020, (to be published).
  44.  A. Fick, “On Liquid Diffusion”, Lond. Edinb. Dubl. Phil. Mag. 10, 30–39 (1855).
  45.  A. Fick, “Ueber Diffusion (On Diffusion)”, Ann. Phys. Chemie von J.C. Poggendorffs 94, 59–86 (1855).
  46.  Polish standard PN-EN ISO 868. Plastics and ebonite — Determination of indentation hardness by means of a durometer (Shore hardness). (accessed on 29 Oct. 2020).
  47.  P. Russo, S. Cammarano, E. Bilotti, T. Peijs, P. Cerruti, and D. Acierno, ”Physical properties of poly lacticacid/clay nanocomposite films: Effect of filler content and annealing treatment”, J. Appl. Polym. Sci. 131(2), 39798 (2014).
  48.  K. Prashantha, B. Lecouvet, M. Sclavons, M.F Lacrampe, and P. Krawczak, “Poly(lactic acid)/halloysite nanotubes nanocomposites: Structure, thermal, and mechanical properties as a function of halloysite treatment”, J. Appl. Polym. Sci. 128(3), 1895–1903, (2013).
  49.  S. Montava-Jorda, V. Chacon, D. Lascano, L. Sanchez-Nacher, and N. Montanes, “Manufacturing and characterization of functionalized aliphatic polyester from poly(lactic acid) with halloysite nanotubes”, Polymers 11(8), 1314 (2019).
  50.  M. Murariu, A.-L. Dechief, Y. Paint, S. Peeterbroeck, L. Bonnaud, and P. Dubois, “Polylactide (PLA)-halloysite nanocomposites: Production. morphology and key-properties”, J. Polym. Environ. 20(4), 932–943 (2012).
  51.  D. Czarnecka, D. Ciesielska, and J. Jurga, “The brittle-ductile transition (BDT) in recycled polymers”, Proceeding of the Rewas’04, Global Symposium on Recycling, Waste Treatment and Clean Technology, Madrid, Spain, 2004.
  52.  J.L. Thomason and M.A. Vlug, “Influence of fibre length and concentration on the properties of glass fibre-reinforced polypropylene: 4. Impact properties”, Composites Part A 28A, 277‒288 (1997).
  53.  Y. Chen, L.M. Geever, J.A. Killion, J.G. Lyons, C.L. Higginbotham, and D.M. Devine, “Halloysite nanotube reinforced polylactic acid composite”, Polym. Compos. 38(10), 2166–2017 (2017).
  54.  S. Montava-Jorda, V. Chacon, D. Lascano, L. Sanchez-Nacher, and N. Montanes, “Manufacturing and characterization of functionalized aliphatic polyester from poly(lactic acid) with halloysite nanotubes”, Polymers 11(8), 1314 (2019).
  55.  R. Kumar, M.K. Yakubu, and R.D. Anandjiwala, “Biodegradation of flax fiber reinforced poly lactic acid”, Express Polym. Lett. 4(7), 423–430 (2010).
  56.  A.P. Mathew, K. Oksman, and M. Sain, “Mechanical properties of biodegradable composites from poly lactic acid (PLA) and microcrystalline cellulose (MCC)”, J. Appl. Polym. Sci. 97(5), 2014–2025 (2005).
Go to article

Authors and Affiliations

Dorota Czarnecka-Komorowska
1
ORCID: ORCID
Katarzyna Bryll
2
ORCID: ORCID
Ewelina Kostecka
2
ORCID: ORCID
Małgorzata Tomasik
3
ORCID: ORCID
Elżbieta Piesowicz
4
ORCID: ORCID
Katarzyna Gawdzińska
2
ORCID: ORCID
  1. Institute of Materials Technology, Polymer Processing Division; Poznan University of Technology, 60-965 Poznan, Poland
  2. Department of Machines Construction and Materials, Maritime University of Szczecin, 71-650 Szczecin, Poland
  3. Department of Interdisciplinary Dentistry, Pomeranian Medical University, 70-111 Szczecin, Poland
  4. Institute of Material Science and Engineering, West Pomeranian University of Szczecin, 70-310 Szczecin, Poland
9 Intelligent system supporting technological process planning for machining and 3D printing
Izabela Rojek , Dariusz Mikołajewski , Piotr Kotlarz , Marek Macko , Jakub Kopowski
Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences | 2021 | 69 | 2 | e136722 | DOI: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136722
Keywords: artificial intelligence intelligent system technological process machining 3D printing
Download PDF Download RIS Download Bibtex

Abstract

The study aimed to develop a system supporting technological process planning for machining and 3D printing. Such a system should function similarly to the way human experts act in their fields of expertise and should be capable of gathering the necessary knowledge, analysing data, and drawing conclusions to solve problems. This could be done by utilising artificial intelligence (AI) methods available within such systems. The study proved the usefulness of AI methods and their significant effectiveness in supporting technological process planning. The purpose of this article is to show an intelligent system that includes knowledge, models, and procedures supporting the company’s employees as part of machining and 3D printing. Few works are combining these two types of processing. Nowadays, however, these two types of processing overlap each other into a common concept of hybrid processing. Therefore, in the opinion of the authors, such a comprehensive system is necessary. The system-embedded knowledge takes the form of neural networks, decision trees, and facts. The system is presented using the example of a real enterprise. The intelligent expert system is intended for process engineers who have not yet gathered sufficient experience in technological-process planning, or who have just begun their work in a given production enterprise and are not very familiar with its machinery and other means of production.
Go to article

Bibliography

  1.  T. Pereira, J.V. Kennedy, and J. Potgieter, “A comparison of traditional manufacturing vs additive manufacturing, the best method for the job”, Procedia Manuf. 30, 11–18 (2019).
  2.  S. Mirzababaei and S. Pasebani, “A Review on Binder Jet Additive Manufacturing of 316L Stainless Steel”, J. Manuf. Mater. Process 3, 82, 1–36 (2019).
  3.  J-P. Kruth, M.C. Leu, and T. Nakagawa, “Progress in Additive Manufacturing and Rapid Prototyping”, CIRP Ann. 47(2), 525–540 (1998).
  4.  J. Maszybrocka, B. Gapiński, M. Dworak, G. Skrabalak, and A. Stwora, “Modelling, manufacturability and compression properties of the CpTi grade 2 cellular lattice with radial gradient TPMS architecture”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 67(4), 719–727 (2019).
  5.  E. Talhi, J-C. Huet, V. Fortineau, and S. Lamouri, “A methodology for cloud manufacturing architecture in the context of industry 4.0”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 68(2), 271–284 (2020).
  6.  I. Rojek, D. Mikołajewski, P. Kotlarz, M. Macko, and J. Kopowski, “Intelligent System Supporting Technological Process Planning for Machining”, in: Machine Modelling and Simulations MMS 2020. Lecture Notes in Mechanical Engineering. Springer, Cham, (to be published).
  7.  W. Grzesik, “Hybrid machining processes. Definitions, generation rules and real industrial importance”, Mechanik 5–6, 338‒342 (2018), [in Polish].
  8.  C.F. Tan, V.K. Kher, and N Ismail, “An expert system carbide cutting tools selection system for CNC lathe machine”, Int. Rev. Mech. Eng. 6(7), 1402–1405 (2012).
  9.  I. Rojek, E. Dostatni, and A. Hamrol, “Ecodesign of Technological Processes with the Use of Decision Trees Method”, in International Joint Conference SOCO’17-CISIS’17-ICEUTE’17 León, Spain, September 6–8, 2017, Proceeding. SOCO 2017, CISIS 2017, ICEUTE 2017. Advances in Intelligent Systems and Computing, vol. 649, pp. 318–327, eds. H. Pérez García, J. Alfonso-Cendón, L. Sánchez González, H. Quintián and E. Corchado, Springer, Cham, 2018.
  10.  G. Halevi and K. Wang, “Knowledge based manufacturing system (KBMS)”, J. Intell. Manuf. 18(4), 467–474 (2007).
  11.  S. Butdee, Ch. Noomtong, and S. Tichkiewitch, “A Process Planning System with Feature Based Neural Network Search Strategy for Aluminum Extrusion Die Manufacturing”, Asian Int. J. Sci. Technol. Prod. Manuf. Eng. 2(1), 137–157 (2009).
  12.  I. Rojek, “Hybrid neural networks as prediction models”, in Artificial Intelligence and Soft Computing. Lecture Notes in Computer Science ICAISC 2010, vol. 6114, pp. 88–95, eds. L. Rutkowski, R. Scherer, R. Tadeusiewicz, L.A. Zadeh, and J.M. Zurada, Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2010.
  13.  D. Rajeev, D. Dinakaran, and S. Singh. “Artificial neural network based tool wear estimation on dry hard turning processes of aisi4140
  14. steel using coated carbide tool”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 65(4), 553–559 (2017).
  15.  I. Rojek, “Classifier Models in Intelligent CAPP Systems”, in Man-Machine Interactions. Advances in Intelligent and Soft Computing, vol. 59, pp. 311–319, eds. K.A. Cyran, S. Kozielski, J.F. Peters, U. Stańczyk, and A. Wakulicz-Deja, Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2009.
  16.  S. Igari, F. Tanaka, and M. Onosato, “Customization of a Micro Process Planning System for an Actual Machine Tool based on Updating a Machining Database and Generating a Database-Oriented Planning Algorithm”, J. Trans. Inst. Syst. Control Inf. Eng. 26(3), 87–94 (2013).
  17.  I. Rojek and E. Dostatni, “Machine learning methods for optimal compatibility of materials in eco-design”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 68(2), 199–206 (2020).
  18.  M. Hazarika, S. Deb, U.S. Dixit, and J.P. Davim, “Fuzzy set-based set-up planning system with the ability for online learning”, Proc. Inst. Mech. Eng. Part B-J. Eng. Manuf. 225(2), 247–263 (2011).
  19.  N. Guo and M.C. Leu, “Additive manufacturing: Technology, applications and research needs”, Front. Mech. Eng. 215–243 (2013).
  20.  J. Yang, Y. Chen, W. Huang, and Y. Li, “Survey on artificial intelligence for additive manufacturing”, in 23rd International Conference on Automation and Computing (ICAC), Huddersfield, 2017, pp. 1–6, doi: 10.23919/IConAC.2017.8082053.
  21.  I.J. Petrick and T.W. Simpson, “3D printing disrupts manufacturing: how economies of one create new rules of competition”, Res.-Technol. Manage. 56(6), 12–16 (2013).
  22.  B. Stucker, “Additive manufacturing technologies: Technology introduction and business implications”, in Frontiers of Engineering: Reports on Leading-Edge Engineering from the 2011 Symposium, pp. 19–21, National Academies Press: Washington, DC, USA, 2012.
  23.  Y. Wang, P. Zheng, and T. Peng, “Smart additive manufacturing: Current artificial intelligence-enabled methods and future perspectives”, Sci. China Technol. Sci. 1–12 (2020).
  24.  H. Chen, and Y.F. Zhao, “Process parameters optimization for improving surface quality and manufacturing accuracy of binder jetting additive manufacturing process”, Rapid Prototyp. J. 22, 527–538 (2016).
  25.  M.A. Kaleem and M. Khan, “Significance of Additive Manufacturing for Industry 4.0 With Introduction of Artificial Intelligence in Additive Manufacturing Regimes”, in 17th International Bhurban Conference on Applied Sciences and Technology (IBCAST), Islamabad, Pakistan, 2020, pp. 152–156, doi: 10.1109/IBCAST47879.2020.9044574.
  26.  L. Meng, B. McWilliams, and W. Jarosinski, “Machine Learning in Additive Manufacturing” A Review. JOM 72, 2363–2377 (2020).
  27.  Z. Jin, Z. Zhang, and G.X. Gu, “Automated Real-Time Detection and Prediction of Interlayer Imperfections in Additive Manufacturing Processes Using Artificial Intelligence”, Adv. Intell. Syst. 2(1), 1900130(1–7) (2020).
  28.  K. Wasmer, C. Kenel, C. Leinenbach, and S.A. Shevchik, “In Situ and Real-Time Monitoring of Powder-Bed AM by Combining Acoustic Emission and Artificial Intelligence.”, in Industrializing Additive Manufacturing – Proceedings of Additive Manufacturing in Products and Applications – AMPA2017, pp. 200–209, eds. M. Meboldt and C. Klahn, Springer, Cham, 2018, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319- 66866-6_20.
  29.  C. Wang, S Li, D Zeng, and X. Zhu, “An Artificial-intelligence/Statistics Solution to Quantify Material Distortion for Thermal Compensation in Additive Manufacturing”, Cornell University, arXiv:2005.09084v1 [cs.CE], 2020.
  30.  P. Hong-Seok and N. Dinh-Son, “AI-Based Optimization of Process Parameters in Selective Laser Melting”, in Advances in Manufacturing Technology XXXII, eds. P. Thorvald and K. Case, IOS Press, 2018, doi: 10.3233/978-1-61499-902-7-119.
  31.  J. Kopowski, D. Mikołajewski, M. Macko, and I. Rojek, “Bydgostian hand exoskeleton – own concept and the biomedical factors”, Bio- Algorithms and Med-Systems 15(1), 20190003 (2019).
  32.  J. Kopowski, I. Rojek, D. Mikołajewski, and M. Macko, “3D Printed Hand Exoskeleton – Own Concept”, in Advances in Manufacturing II. MANUFACTURING 2019. Lecture Notes in Mechanical Engineering, pp. 306‒298, J. Trojanowska, O. Ciszak, J. Machado, and I. Pavlenko, Springer, Cham, 2019, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-18715-6_25.
  33.  R. Tadeusiewicz, R. Chaki, and N. Chaki, “Exploring Neural Networks with C#”, CRC Press Taylor & Francis Group, Boca Raton, 2014.
  34.  L.A. Zadeh, “Fuzzy sets. Information and Control”, 8, pp. 338–353 (1965).
  35.  S. Jige Quan, J. Park, A. Economou, and S. Lee, “Artificial intelligence-aided design: Smart Design for sustainable city development,” Environment and Planning B 46(8), 1581‒1599 (2019).
Go to article

Authors and Affiliations

Izabela Rojek
1
ORCID: ORCID
Dariusz Mikołajewski
1
ORCID: ORCID
Piotr Kotlarz
1
ORCID: ORCID
Marek Macko
2
ORCID: ORCID
Jakub Kopowski
1 3
ORCID: ORCID
  1. Institute of Computer Science, Kazimierz Wielki University, Chodkiewicza 30, 85-064 Bydgoszcz, Poland
  2. Faculty of Mechatronics, Kazimierz Wielki University, Chodkiewicza 30, 85-064 Bydgoszcz, Poland
  3. Faculty of Psychology, Kazimierz Wielki University, Chodkiewicza 30, 85-064 Bydgoszcz, Poland
10 PVA hydrogel deformation in response to change in temperature or pH
Katarzyna Kazimierska-Drobny
Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences | 2021 | 69 | 2 | e136724 | DOI: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136724
Keywords: PVA hydrogels non-contact method thermal deformation pH-sensitivity
Download PDF Download RIS Download Bibtex

Abstract

Biocompatibility, biodegradability and non-toxicity are the main attributes of any material to be used in biomedical applications. Among all the potential stimuli, pH, salt and temperature exist naturally in the internal environment of the human body. Hence internal stimuli responsive hydrogels can be exploited for specific drug delivery and tissue replacement. Poly(vinyl alcohol) (PVA) is the world’s largest volume synthetic polymer, produced for its excellent chemical resistance, physical properties and complete biodegradability, which has resulted in broad practical applications. PVA could be considered a suitable host material due to its good thermo-stability, chemical resistance and film-forming ability. It is also an important material because of its large-scale applications. Novel data analysis techniques were developed to analyze the response of PVA to external stimuli, including temperature and/or pH. The presented non-contact method shows that the PVA polymer gel, physically cross-linked by freezing and thawing, shrinks and swells under the influence of temperature, which is a reversible phenomenon. Under the given conditions, such as temperature, pH and mechanical load, the dominant factor affecting the swelling or contraction of the hydrogel is the change in the temperature of the liquid in which the PVA hydrogel sample is immersed.
Go to article

Bibliography

  1.  C. Heras Alarcon, S. Pennadam, and C. Alexander, “Stimuli responsive polymers for biomedical applications”, Chem. Soc. Rev. 34, 276‒285 (2005).
  2.  P. Siriphannon and Y. Iamphaojeen, “Facile synthesis of chitosan/CuO nanocomposites for potential use as biocontrol agents”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 66(3), 311‒316 (2018).
  3.  N.A. Peppas, Y. Huang, M.A. Torres-Lugo, J.H. Ward, and J. Zhang, “Physicochemical foundations and structural design of hydrogels in medicine and biology”, Ann. Rev. Biomed. Eng. 9, 2–29 (2000).
  4.  F. Eeckman, K. Amighi, and A.J. Moes, “Effect of some physiological and non-physiological compounds on the phase transition temperature of thermoresponsive polymer intended for oral controlled drug delivery”, Int. J. Pharm. 222, 259‒270 (2001).
  5.  I. Hager, “Behaviour of cement concrete at high temperature”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 61(1), 145–154 (2013).
  6.  P. Lee, E. Cobain, J. Huard, and L. Huang, “Thermo sensitive hydrogel PEG-PLGA-PEG enhances engraftment of muscle-derived stem cell and promotes healing in diabetic wound”, Mol. Ther. 15(6), 1189‒1194 (2007).
  7.  Y. Qiu and K. Park, “Environment-sensitive hydrogels for drug delivery”, Drug Deliver. Rev. 53, 321‒339 (2001).
  8.  H. Muta, M. Miwa, and M. Satoh, “Ion-specific swelling of hydrophilic polymer gels”, Polymer 42, 6313–6316 (2001).
  9.  Y. Masuda, T. Tanaka, and T. Nakanishi, “Ion-specific swelling behavior of poly(vinyl alcohol) gel prepared by γ-ray irradiation”, Colloid. Polym. Sci. 279, 1241–1244 (2001).
  10.  K. Kazimierska-Drobny and M. Kaczmarek, “Identification of diffusive transport properties of poly(vinyl alcohol) hydrogels from reservoir test”, Mater. Sci. Eng. C. 33, 4533–4538 (2013).
  11.  K. Kazimierska-Drobny and M. Kaczmarek, ”Effect of NaCl and KCl solutions on deformation of PVA hydrogel – chemo-mechanical coupling” (in English), Polimery 1 (44) (2020).
  12.  W. Herrera-Kao, and W. Aquilar-Vega, “Storage modulus changes with temperature in poly(vinyl alcohol), PVA/poly(acrylic acid) PAA, blends”, Polym. Bull. 24, 449‒456 (1999).
  13.  H. Yamamoto, N. Heyamoto, T. Matsui, N. Nurayama, and J. Shibata, ”Volumetric change and surface properties of temperature-sensitive polyvinylalcohol (PVA) hydrogel”, Int. J. Thermophys. 24(5), 1385–1394 (2003).
  14.  O.W. Guirguis and M. Modelhey, “Thermal and structural studies of poly(vinyl alcohol) and hydroxypropyl cellulose blends”, Nat. Sci. 4(1), 57‒67 (2012).
  15.  Y. Liu, L. Geever, J.E. Kennedy, C.L. Higginbotham, P.A. Cahill, and G.B. McGuinness, “Thermal behavior and mechanical properties of physically crosslinked PVA/Gelatin hydrogels”, J. Mech. Behav. Biomed. Mater. 3, 203‒209 (2010).
  16.  B. Wang, M. Liu, Z. Chen, R. Liang, S. Ding, S. Chen, and S. Jin, “Preparation, characterization and controlled release investigation of interpenetrating polymer networks of poly(acrylic acid)/triazole modified poly(vinyl alcohol)”, Int. J. Pharm. 331, 19‒26 (2007).
  17.  F. Jiangi and G. Lixia, “PVA/PAA thermo-crosslinking hydrogel fiber: preparation and pH-sensitive properties in an electrolyte solution”, Eur. Polym. J. 38, 1653‒1658 (2002).
  18.  S.J. Kim, S.G. Yoon, S.L. Lee, S.H. Lee, and S.I. Kim, “Electrical Sensitivity Behavior of a Hydrogel Composed of Polymethacrylic Acid/Poly(vinyl alcohol)”, J. Appl. Polym. 91, 3613‒3612 (2004).
  19.  J. Lu, Y. Li, D. Hu, X. Chen, Y. Liu, L. Wang, and Y. Zhao, “Synthesis and properties of pH-, thermos-, and salt-sensitive modified poly(aspartic acid)/poly(vinyl alcohol) IPN hydrogel and its drug controlled release”, BioMed Res. Int. 2015, 1‒12 (2015).
  20.  P. Guo, J. Liang, Y. Li, H. Fu, H. Jing, S. Guan, D. Han, and L. Niu, “High strength and pH-responsive self-healing poly(vinyl alcohol/ poly 6-acrylamidohexanoic acid hydrogel based on dual physically cross-linked network”, Colloids Surf. A. 571, 64‒71 (2019).
  21.  Q. Zhang, L. Liu, H. Zhou, X. Wu, and K.D. Yao, “pH-responsive swelling behavior of collagen complex materials”, Artif. Cells Nanomed. Biotechnol. 28(3), 255‒262 (2000).
  22.  R. Morita, R. Honda, and Y. Takahashi, “Development of oral controlled release preparations, a PVA swelling controlled release system (SCRS). I. Design of SCRS and its release controlling factor”, J. Control Release 63, 297‒304 (2000).
  23.  M. El Fray, A. Pilaszkiewicz, W. Święszkowski, and K. Kurzydlowski, “Chemically and physically crosslinked poly(vinyl alcohol) hydrogels for cartilage repair”, E-Polymer. P-013, 1–6 (2005).
  24.  M. Liu, H. Su, and T. Tan,” Synthesis and properties of a thermos- and pH-sensitive poly(N-isopropyl acrylamide)/polyaspartic acid IPN hydrogels”, Carbohyd. Polym. 87, 2425‒2431 (2012).
  25.  H. Byun, B. Hong, S.Y. Nam, and S.Y. Jung, “Swelling Behavior and Drug Release of Poly(vinyl alcohol) Hydrogel Cross-Linked with Poly(acrylic acid)”, Macromol. Res. 16(3), 189‒193 (2008).
  26.  M. Rizwan, R. Yahya, Z. Hassan, and M. Azzahari, ”pH sensitive hydrogels in drug delivery: Brief history, properties, swelling, and release mechanism, material selection and applications”, Polymers 9, 137 (2017).
  27.  M. Sabzi, M.J. Afshari, and M. Babaahmadi, “pH-dependent swelling and antibiotic release from citric acid crosslinked poly(vinyl) alcohol (PVA)/nano silver hydrogels”, Colloids Surf. B. 1888, 110757 (2020).
Go to article

Authors and Affiliations

Katarzyna Kazimierska-Drobny
1
  1. Department of Mechatronics, Bydgoszcz Kazimierz Wielki University, Kopernika 1 street, 85-074 Bydgoszcz, Poland
11 Axial stiffness for large-scale ball slewing rings with four-point contact
Slavomir Hrcek , Robert Kohar , Jan Steininger
Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences | 2021 | 69 | 2 | e136725 | DOI: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136725
Keywords: stiffness experimental measurement slewing ring deformation constant
Download PDF Download RIS Download Bibtex

Abstract

This article deals with the design of slewing rings (slewing bearings). A fully parametric, 3D virtual model of a ball slewing ring with four-point contact was created in the PTC/Creo Parametric CAD system. This model was subsequently used for finite-element analysis using Ansys/Workbench CAE software. The purpose of the FEM analysis was to determine the axial stiffness characteristics. Results of FEM analysis were experimentally verified using a test bench. At the end of the article, we present the nomograms of the deformation constant for different pitch diameters, rolling element diameters and contact angles.
Go to article

Bibliography

  1.  Y. Guo and R.G. Parker, “Stiffness matrix calculation of rolling element bearings using a finite element/contact mechanics model”, Mech. Mach. Theory 51, 32–45 (2012).
  2.  G. Chen and H. Wang, “Contact stress and radial stiffness of a cylindrical roller bearing with corrected roller generator”, Trans. Can. Soc. Mech. Eng. 40(5), 725–738 (2016).
  3.  L. Kania, R. Pytlarz, and S. Spiewak, “Modification of the raceway profile of a single-row ball slewing bearing”, Mech. Mach. Theory 128, 1–15 (2018).
  4.  R. Skyba, S. Hrček, L. Smetanka, and M. Majchrák, “Stiffness analysis of slewing bearings”, IOP Conf. Ser: Mater. Sci. Eng. 393, 012060 (2018).
  5.  P.P. Hou, L.Q. Wang, and Q.Y. Peng, “Vibration analysis of ball bearing considering waviness under high speed and an axial load”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 68(3), 517–527 (2020).
  6.  P. Ding, H. Wang, Y.F. Dai, J. Chen, H. Zhang, and F.Z. Sun, “MDCCS Based Multistage Life Prediction of Slewing Bearing with a Novel Performance Description: an Improved Variational Mode Decomposition Approach”, Exp. Tech. 43, 341–358 (2019).
  7.  Y. Zhang, B. Fang, L. Kong, and Y. Li, “Effect of the ring misalignment on the service characteristics of ball bearing and rotor system”, Mech. Mach. Theory 151, 103889 (2020).
  8.  V.S. Nagarajan, V. Kamaraj, and S. Sivaramakrishnan, “Geometrical sensitivity analysis based on design optimization and multiphysics analysis of PM assisted synchronous reluctance motor”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 67(1), 155–163 (2019).
  9.  E. Kurvinen, J. Sopanen, and A. Mikkola, “Ball bearing model performance on various sized rotors with and without centrifugal and gyroscopic forces”, Mech. Mach. Theory 90, 240−260 (2015).
  10.  G. Chen, G. Wen, Z. Xiao, and H. San, , “Experimental Study on Contact Force in a Slewing Bearing”, J. Tribol. 140(2), 021402 (2018).
  11.  I. Heras, J. Aguirrebeitia, M. Abasolo, and I. Coria, “An engineering approach for the estimation of slewing bearing stiffness in wind turbine generators”, Wind Energy 22, 376–391 (2018).
  12.  T.J. Royston and I. Basdogan, “Vibration transmission through self-aligning (spherical) rolling element bearings”, J. Sound Vibr. 215, 997–1014 (1998).
  13.  F. Bogard, S. Murer, L. Rasolofondraibe, and B. Pottier, “Numerical determination of the mechanical stiffness of a force measurement device based on capacitive probes: Application to roller bearings”, J. Comput. Des. Eng. 4, 29–36 (2017).
  14.  T.L.H. Walford and B.J. Stone, “The measurement of the radial stiffness of rolling element bearings under oscillating conditions”, J. Eng. Mech. Eng. Sci.22, 175–181 (1980).
  15.  R. Tiwari and V. Chakravarthy, “Simultaneous identification of residual unbalances and bearing dynamic parameters from impulse responses of rotor-bearing systems”, Mech. Syst. Signal Proc. 20, 1590–1614 (2006).
  16.  M.J. Goodwin, “Experimental Techniques for bearing impedance measurement”, J. Eng. Ind. 113(3), 335–342 (1991).
  17.  N. Bessous, S. Sbaa, and A.C. Megherbi, “Mechanical fault detection in rotating electrical machines using MCSA-FFT and MCSA-DWT techniques”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 67(3), 571–582 (2019).
  18.  P. He, Y. Wang, H. Liu, E. Guo, and H. Wang, ”Optimization design of structural parameters of single-row four-point contact ball slewing bearing”, J. Braz. Soc. Mech. Sci. Eng. 42, 291 (2020).
  19.  J. Brandlein, P. Eschmann, L. Hasbargen, and K. Weigand, Ball and roller bearings – theory, design and application, John Wiley&Sons Ltd., 2000.
  20.  I. Heras, J. Aguirrebeitia, M. Abasolo, I. Coria, and I. Escanciano, “Load distribution and friction torque in four-point contact slewing bearings considering manufacturing errors and ring flexibility”, Mech. Mach. Theory 137, 23–26 (2019).
  21.  D. Gunia and T. Smolnicki, “The influence of the geometrical parameters for stress distribution in wire raceway slewing bearing”, Arch. Mech. Eng. 64(3), 315–326 (2017).
  22.  A.J. Muminovic, M. Colic, E. Mesic, and I. Saric, “Innovative design of spur gear tooth with infill structure”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 68(3), 477–483 (2020).
  23.  S. Hrček, V. Kraus, R. Kohár, Š. Medvecký, and P. Lehocký, “Construction of a bearing testing apparatus to assess lifetime of large-scale bearings”, Commun: Sci. Lett. Univ. Žilina 11(2), 57–64 (2009).
Go to article

Authors and Affiliations

Slavomir Hrcek
1
Robert Kohar
1
Jan Steininger
2
  1. University of Zilina, Faculty of Mechanical Engineering, Department of Design and Machine Elements, Slovak Republic
  2. University of Zilina, Institute of Competitiveness and Innovations, Slovak Republic
12 Application of non-contact ultrasonic method in air to study fiber-cement corrugated boards
Radosław Drelich , Michał Rosiak , Michał Pakula
Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences | 2021 | 69 | 2 | e136740 | DOI: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136740
Keywords: Lamb waves cellulose fiber cement boards non-contact ultrasonic methods
Download PDF Download RIS Download Bibtex

Abstract

The fiber-cement and cellulose boards are materials commonly used in architectural engineering for exterior and interior applications such as building facades or as wall and roof covering materials. The aim of the study was to present the ultrasonic non-contact method of testing fiber-cement boards with Lamb waves and to discuss the results and limitations of the method in context of quality control of the material. The experiments were performed for the corrugated boards using a laboratory non-contact ultrasonic scanner. Lamb waves were generated in the tested materials by a transmitter excited by a chirp signal with a linearly modulated frequency. Waves transmitted through the tested material are acquired by the receiver and registered by the PC based acquisition system. The tests were done on reference plate board and the corrugated boards. As the main descriptor to assess the quality of tested boards the maximum amplitude of transmitted Lamb waves was selected. The significant role of boundary effects and frequency of waves was noticed. The obtained results have confirmed the usefulness of the applied ultrasonic method for testing macroscopic inhomogeneity of corrugated fiber-cement boards.
Go to article

Bibliography

  1.  Z. Su, L. Ye, and Y. Lu, “Guided Lamb waves for identification of damage in composite structures: A review”, J. Sound Vibr. 295, 753–780 (2006).
  2.  J.K. Agrahari and S. Kapuria, “Effects of adhesive, host plate, transducer and excitation parameters on time reversibility of ultrasonic Lamb waves”, Ultrasonics 70, 147–157 (2016).
  3.  R. Kędra and M. Rucka, “Preload monitoring in a bolted joint using Lamb wave energy”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 67(6), 1161–1169 (2019).
  4.  S. Vázquez, J. Gosálbez, I. Bosch, A. Carrión, C. Gallardo, and J. Payá, “Comparative Study of Coupling Techniques in Lamb Wave Testing of Metallic and Cementitious Plates”, Sensors (Basel) 19(19), 4068 (2019).
  5.  L. Yu, Z. Tian, and C.A.C. Leckey, “Crack imaging and quantification in aluminum plates with guided wave wavenumber analysis methods”, Ultrasonics 62, 203–212 (2015).
  6.  M. Radzieński, P. Kudela, W. Ostachowicz, P. Bolimowski, R. Kozera, and A. Boczkowska, “Lamb-wave-based method in the evaluation of self-healing efficiency”, Appl. Sci. 10, 2585 (2020).
  7.  K. Imielińska, M. Castaingsc, R. Wojtyrab, J. Harasa, E. Le Clezioc, and B. Hosten, “Air-coupled ultrasonic C-scan technique in impact response testing of carbon fibre and hybrid: glass, carbon and Kevlar/epoxy composites”, J. Mat. Process. Techn. 157–158, 513–522 (2004).
  8.  H.B. Kichou, J.A. Chavez, A. Turo, J. Salazar, and M.J. Garcia-Hernandez, “Lamb waves beam deviation due to small inclination of the test structure in air-coupled ultrasonic NDT”, Ultrasonics 44, e1077–e1082 (2006).
  9.  S. Yashiro, J. Takatsubo, and N. Toyama, “An NDT technique for composite structures using visualized Lamb-wave propagation”, Compos. Sci. Technol. 67, 3202–3208 (2007).
  10.  Ł. Ambrozinski, B. Piwakowski, T. Stepinski, and T. Uhl, “Application of air-coupled ultrasonic transducers for damage assessment of composite panels”, 6th European Workshop on Structural Health Monitoring, 2014, pp. 1‒8.
  11.  R. Drelich, T. Gorzelańczyk, M. Pakuła, and K. Schabowicz, “Automated control of cellulose fibre cement boards with a non-contact ultrasound scanner”, Autom. Constr. 57, 55–63 (2015).
  12.  M.S. Harb and F.G. Yuan, “Non-contact ultrasonic technique for Lamb wave characterization in composite plates”, Ultrasonics 64, 162–169 (2016).
  13.  S. Talberg and T.F. Johansen, “Acoustic measurements above a plate carrying Lamb waves”, Proceedings of the 39th Scandinavian Symposium on Physical Acoustics, Geilo, Norway, 2016.
  14.  T. Marhenke, J. Neuenschwander, R. Furrer, J. Twiefel, J. Hasener, P. Niemz, and S.J. Sanabria, “Modeling of delamination detection utilizing air-coupled ultrasound in wood-based composites”, NDT E Int. 99, 1–12 (2018).
  15.  K.J. Vössing, M. Gaal, and E. Niederleithinger, “Air-coupled ferroelectret ultrasonic transducers for nondestructive testing of wood- based materials”, Wood Sci. Technol. 6, 1527–1538 (2018).
  16.  N. Toyama, J. Ye, W. Kokuyama, and S. Yashiro, “Non-contact ultrasonic inspection of impact damage in composite laminates by visualization of lamb wave propagation”, Appl. Sci. 9, 46 (2019).
  17.  A. Römmeler, P. Zolliker, J. Neuenschwander, V. van Gemmeren, M. Weder, and J. Dual,“Air coupled ultrasonic inspection with Lamb waves in plates showing mode conversion”, Ultrasonic 100, 105984 (2020).
  18.  M. Kaczmarek, B. Piwakowski, and R. Drelich, “Noncontact ultrasonic nondestructive techniques: state of the art and their use in civil engineering”, J. Infrastruct. Syst. 23(1), 45–56an (2017).
  19.  B. Yilmaz, A. Asokkumar, E. Jasiuniene, and R. J. Kazys, “Air-coupled, contact, and immersion ultrasonic non-destructive testing: Comparison for bonding quality evaluation”, Appl. Sci. 10, 6757 (2020).
  20.  J. Liu and N.F. Declerq, “Ultrasonic geometrical characterization of periodically corrugated surfaces”, Ultrasonics 53, 853–861 (2013).
  21.  J.D. Achenbach, Wave propagation in elastic solids, North-Holland Publishing Company, Amsterdam, 1973.
  22.  O. Abraham, B. Piwakowski, G. Villain, and O. Durand, “Non-contact, automated surface wave measurements for the mechanical characterization of concrete”, Constr. Build. Mater. 37, 904–915 (2012).
  23.  R. Drelich, B. Piwakowski, and M. Kaczmarek, “Identification of inhomogeneous cover layer by non-contact ultrasonic method – studies for model materials”, Annales du Bâtiment et des Travaux Publics 66(1–3), 47–52 (2014).
  24.  Ł. Amboziński, B. Piwakowski, T. Stepinski, and T. Uhl, “Evaluation of dispersion characteristics of multimodal guided waves using slant stack transform”, NDT E Int. 68, 88–97 (2014).
  25.  W. Ke, M. Castaings, and C. Bacon, “3D finite element simulations of an air-coupled ultrasonic NDT system”, NDT E Int. 42, 524–533 (2009).
  26.  A. Piekarczuk, “Test-supported numerical analysis for evaluation of the load capacity of thin-walled corrugated profiles”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 65(6), 791‒798 (2017).
  27.  M. Cieszko, R. Drelich, and M. Pakuła, “Wave dispersion in randomly layered materials”, Wave Motion 64, 52–67 (2016).
Go to article

Authors and Affiliations

Radosław Drelich
1
ORCID: ORCID
Michał Rosiak
1
Michał Pakula
1
ORCID: ORCID
  1. Faculty of Mechatronics, Kazimierz Wielki University, Kopernika 1, 85-074 Bydgoszcz, Poland
13 Influence of lightning current surge shape and peak value on grounding parameters
Artur Łukaszewski , Łukasz Nogal
Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences | 2021 | 69 | 2 | e136730 | DOI: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136730
Keywords: grounding electrodes grounding impedance grounding coefficient transient response
Download PDF Download RIS Download Bibtex

Abstract

Groundings are necessary parts included in lightning and shock protection. In the case of a surge current, high current phenomena are observed inside the grounding. They are result of the electrical discharges around the electrode when the critical field is exceeded in a soil. An available mathematical model of grounding was used to conduct computer simulations and to evaluate the influence of current peak value on horizontal grounding parameters in two cases. In the first simulations, electrode placed in two different soils were considered. The second case was a test of the influence of current peak value on grounding electrodes of various lengths. Simulation results show that as soil resistivity increases in value, the surge impedance to static resistance ratio decreases. In the case of grounding electrodes lengths, it was confirmed that there is a need to use an operating parameter named effective grounding electrode length, because when it is exceeded, the characteristics of grounding is not significantly improved during conductance of lightning surges. The mathematical model used in the paper was verified in a comparison with laboratory tests conducted by K.S. Stiefanow and with mathematical model described by L. Grcev.
Go to article

Bibliography

  1.  K. Aniserowicz, “Analytical calculations of surges caused by direct lightning strike to underground intrusion detection system” Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 67(2), 263‒269 (2019), doi: 10.24425/bpas.2019.128118.
  2.  S. Czapp and J. Guzinski, “Electric shock hazard in circuits with variable-speed drives”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 66(3) 361‒372 (2018), doi: 10.24425/123443.
  3.  G. Parise, L. Parise, and L. Martirano, “Intrinsically safe grounding systems and global grounding systems”, IEEE Trans. Ind. Appl. 54(1), 25‒31 (2018), doi: 10.1109/TIA.2017.2743074.
  4.  R.M. Miśkiewicz, P. Anczewski, and A. J. Morandowicz, “Analysis and investigations of inductive power transfer (IPT) systems in terms of efficiency and magnetic field distribution properties”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 67(4), 789‒797 (2019), doi: 10.24425/ bpasts.2019.130188.
  5.  S. Viscaro, “The use of the impulse impedance as a concise representation of grounding electrodes in lightning protection applications”, IEEE Trans. Electromagn. Compat. 60(5), 1602‒1605 (2018), doi: 10.1109/TEMC.2017.2788565.
  6.  K.S. Stiefanow, High Voltag Technique. 1st ed., Energy, pp. 380‒403, 1967. (orig.: К.С. Стефанов, Техника высоких напряжений, 1st ed, Энергия, pp. 380‒403, 1967).
  7.  L. Grcev, B. Markovski, V. Arnautovski-Toseva, and K.E.K. Drissi, “Transient analysis of grounding system without computer” in 2012 International Conference on Lightning Protection (ICLP), 2012, doi: 10.1109/ICLP.2012.6344412.
  8.  A. Geri, “Behaviour of grounding system exited by high impulse currents: the model and its validation”, IEEE Trans. Power Delivery 14(3), 1008‒1017 (1999), doi: 10.1109/61.772347.
  9.  S. Wojtas, “Ligtning impulse efficiency of horizontal earthings”, Electrical Review, 88(10b), 332‒334 (2012), [Online]. Available: pe.org. pl/abstract_pl.php?nid=6666 [Accessed: 13. Dec. 2020].
  10.  L. Grcev, “Modelling of grounding electrodes under lightning currents”, IEEE Trans. Electromagn. Compat. 51(3), 559‒571 (2009), doi: 10.1109/TEMC.2009.2025771.
  11.  J. Trifunovic and M.B. Kostic, “An alogirthm for estimating the grounding resistance of complex grounding systems including contact resistance”, IEEE Trans. Ind. Electron. 51(6), 5167‒5174 (2015), doi: 10.1109/TIA.2015.2429644.
  12.  D. Cavka, F. Rachidi, and D. Polijak, „On the concept of grounding impedance of multipoint grounding systems”, IEEE Electromagn. Compat. Mag. 56(6), 1540‒1544 (2014), doi: 10.1109/TEMC.2014.2341043.
  13.  R. Xiong, B. Chen Gao, Y. Yi, and W. Yang, “FDTD calculation model for tranient analyses of grounding systems”, IEEE Electromagn. Compat. Mag 56(5), 1155‒1162 (2014), doi: 10.1109/TEMC.2014.2313918.
  14.  A.F. Imece et al., “Modeling guidelines for fast front transients”, IEEE Trans. Power Delivery 11(1), 493‒506 (1996), doi: 10.1109/61.484134.
  15.  CIGRE, “Guide to procedures for estimating the lightning performance of transmission lines”, CIGRE Working Group 33.01 (Lightning) of Study Committee 33 (Overvoltage’s and Insulation Coordination), 1991. [Online]. Available: books.google.pl/books/about/Guide_to_ Procedures_for_Estimating_the_L.html?id=yFzqugAACAAJ&redir_esc=y [Accessed: 13. Dec. 2020].
  16.  M. Vasiliki and E. Pyrgioti, “Simulation of transient behavior of grounding grids” in 2010 International Conference on Lightning Protection (ICLP), 2010, doi: 10.1109/ICLP.2010.7845766.
  17.  A.G. Pedrosa, M.A. Schroeder, R.S. Alipio, and S. Visacro, “Influence of frequency dependant soil electrical parameters on the grounding response to lightning” in 2010 International Conference on Lightning Protection (ICLP), 2010, doi: 10.1109/ICLP.2010.7845953.
  18.  D.S. Gazzana, A.B. Trochoni, L.C. Leborgne, A.S. Betas, D.W.P Thomas, and C. Christopoulos, „An improved soil ionization representation to numerical simulation of impulsive grounding systems”, IEEE Trans. Magn. 54(3), 7200204 (2018), doi: 10.1109/TMAG.2017.2750019.
  19.  U.C. Resende, R. Alipio, and M. L.F. Oliviera, “Proposal for inclusion of the electrode radius in grounding systems analysis using interpolating element free Galerkin method”, IEEE Trans. Magn. 54(3), 7200304 (2018), doi: 10.1109/TMAG.2017.2771394.
  20.  M. Mokhtari and G.B. Gharehpetian, “Integration of energy balance of soil ionization in CIGRE grounding resistance model”, IEEE Electromagn. Compat. Mag. 60(2), 402‒413 (2018), doi: 10.1109/TEMC.2017.2731807.
  21.  O. Kherif, S. Chiheb, M. Teguar, A. Merkhaldi, and N. Harid, “Time-domain modeling of grounding systems’ impulse response incorporating nonlinear and frequency dependant aspects”, IEEE Electromagn. Compat. Mag. 60(4), 907‒916 (2018), doi: 10.1109/TEMC.2017.2751564.
  22.  S. Yang, W. Zhou, J. Huang, and J. Yu, “Investigation on impulse characteristics of full-scale grounding grid in substitution”, IEEE Electromagn. Compat. Mag. 60(6), 1993‒2001 (2018), doi: 10.1109/TEMC.2017.2762329.
  23.  E. Clavel, J. Roudet, J.M. Guichon, Z. Gouchiche, P. Joyeux, and A. Derbey, “A nonmashing approach for modeling grounding”, IEEE Electromagn. Compat. Mag. 60(3), 795‒802 (2018), doi: 10.1109/TEMC.2017.2743227.
  24.  R. Kosztaluk, M. Loboda, and D. Mukhedkar, „Experimental study of transient ground impedances”, IEEE Trans. Power Apparatus Syst. PAS-100(11), 4653‒4660 (1981), doi: 10.1109/TPAS.1981.316807.
  25.  F. Haidler and J. Cvetic, “A class of analytical functions to study lightning effects associated with the current front”, Eur. Trans. Electr. Power 12(2), 141‒150 (2002), doi: 10.1002/etep.4450120209.
  26.  S. Vujevic and D. Lovric, “Exponential approximation of the Heidler function for the reproduction of lightning current waveshapes”, Electr. Power Syst. Res. 80(10), 1293‒1298 (2010), doi: 10.1016/j.epsr.2010.04.012.
  27.  IEC, Protection against lightning – Part 1: General principles, IEC std. IEC 62305-1:2011. [Online]. Available: www.lsp-international. com/bs-en-62305-12011-protectionagainst-lightning-part-1-general-principles [Accessed: 13. Dec. 2020].
  28.  Cademce, “PSpice User’s Guide”, [Online]. Available: resources.pcb.candence.com/i/1180526-pspice-user-guide/20? [Accessed: 13. Dec. 2020].
Go to article

Authors and Affiliations

Artur Łukaszewski
1
ORCID: ORCID
Łukasz Nogal
1
ORCID: ORCID
  1. Electrical Power Engineering Institute, Faculty of Electrical Engineering, Warsaw University of Technology, Koszykowa 75, 00-662 Warsaw, Poland
14 Comparative analyses of residential building efficiency for AC and DC distribution networks
Faraz Ahmad , Faizan Dastgeer , Hasan E. Gelani , Sidra Khan , Mashood Nasir
Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences | 2021 | 69 | 2 | e136732 | DOI: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136732
Keywords: DC distribution system efficiency analysis AC vs DC residential buildings solar PV
Download PDF Download RIS Download Bibtex

Abstract

The escalating prevalence of rooftop solar PVs and DC powered home appliances are the driving forces for the research in the field of DC distribution at residential level. The current research work presents comparative analyses of AC and DC distribution systems considering various scenarios for the specific purpose of efficiency/energy savings. A modern Bakersfield CA, USA home is considered for the analyses. The loads are classified according to the power demand. Rooftop solar PVs are also included in each residential building. Mathematical equations are devised for the efficiency analysis of residential buildings powered with AC as well as DC. The results reveal strong dependence of the efficiency values on the utilization/types of loads, efficiencies of the power electronic converters (PECs), solar capacity and seasonal conditions, as a function of the time of day. It is concluded that AC system presents better efficiency values as compared to the DC counterpart except during the time periods when solar power is available and when the penetration of variable speed drive (VSD) based loads is high.
Go to article

Bibliography

  1.  T. Bernstein, “Electrical injury: electrical engineer’s perspective and an historical review”, Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 720(1), 1‒10 (1994).
  2.  A. Rajvanshi, “Nikola Tesla – The creator of the electric age”, Resonance 12(3), 4‒12, 2007.
  3.  J. Vujic, A. Marincic, M. Ercegovac, and B. Milovanovic, “Nikola Tesla: 145 years of visionary ideas”, in 5th International Conference on Telecommunications in Modern Satellite, Cable and Broadcasting Service. TELSIKS 2001. Proceedings of Papers (Cat. No. 01EX517), 2001, vol. 1, pp. 323‒326.
  4.  Y. Hadzigeorgiou, S. Klassen and C.F. Klassen, “Encouraging a “romantic understanding” of science: The effect of the Nikola Tesla story”, Sci. Educ. 21(8), 1111‒1138 (2012).
  5.  I. Hunt and W.W. Draper, Lightning in his hand: The life story of Nikola Tesla, Sage Books, 1964.
  6.  M. Barnes and A. Beddard, “Voltage source converter HVDC links–The state of the art and issues going forward”, Energy Procedia 24, 108‒122 (2012).
  7.  F. Dastgeer, H.E. Gelani, H.M. Anees, Z.J. Paracha, and A. Kalam, “Analyses of efficiency/energy-savings of DC power distribution systems/microgrids: Past, present and future”, Int. J. Electr. Power Energy Syst. 104, 89‒100 (2019).
  8.  P. Qaderi-Baban, M.B. Menhaj, M. Dosaranian-Moghadam, and A. Fakharian, “Intelligent multi-agent system for DC microgrid energy coordination control”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 67(4), 741‒748 (2019).
  9.  R.H. Kumar, N. Mayadevi, V.P. Mini, and S. Ushakumari, “Transforming distribution system into a sustainable isolated microgrid considering contingency”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 67(5), 871‒881 (2019).
  10.  F. Dastgeer and H.E. Gelani, “A Comparative analysis of system efficiency for AC and DC residential power distribution paradigms”, Energy Build. 138, 648‒654 (2017).
  11.  Daily load curve data of Bakersfield CA USA. Energy information and data (Openei-US department of energy)
  12.  Solar irradiance data of Bakersfield CA USA. The national solar radiation database. [Online]. www.nsrdb.nrel.gov
  13.  2017 Residential Energy End-Use Splits, by Fuel Type (Quadrillion Btu). Buildings energy databook, US department of energy. [Online]. www.catalog.data.gov/dataset/buildings-energy-data-book
  14.  Residential Average Monthly Bill by Census Division and State. US energy information administration. [Online]. www.eia.gov/electricity/ sales_revenue_price/
  15.  M. Amin, Y. Arafat, S. Lundberg and S. Mangold, “Low voltage DC distribution system compared with 230 V AC”, in 2011 IEEE Electrical Power and Energy Conference, 2011, pp. 340‒345.
  16.  D. Fregosi et al., “A comparative study of DC and AC microgrids in commercial buildings across different climates and operating profiles,” in 2015 IEEE First International Conference on DC Microgrids (ICDCM), 2015, 159‒164.
  17.  D.J. Hammerstrom, “AC versus DC distribution systemsdid we get it right?,” in 2007 IEEE Power Engineering Society General Meeting, 2007, pp. 1‒5.
  18.  M. Starke, L.M. Tolbert, and B. Ozpineci, “AC vs. DC distribution: A loss comparison,” in 2008 IEEE/PES Transmission and Distribution Conference and Exposition, 2008, pp. 1‒7.
  19.  A. Sannino, G. Postiglione, and M. H. Bollen, “Feasibility of a DC network for commercial facilities,” in Conference Record of the 2002 IEEE Industry Applications Conference. 37th IAS Annual Meeting (Cat. No. 02CH37344), 2002, vol. 3, pp. 1710‒1717.
  20.  V. Vossos, K. Garbesi, and H. Shen, “Energy savings from direct-DC in US residential buildings”, Energy Build. 68, 223‒231 (2014).
  21.  R. Weiss, L. Ott, and U. Boeke, “Energy efficient low-voltage DC-grids for commercial buildings,” in 2015 IEEE First International Conference on DC Microgrids (ICDCM), 2015, pp. 154‒158.
  22.  R. Sirsi, S. Prasad, A. Sonawane, and A. Lokhande, “Efficiency comparison of AC distribution system and DC distribution system in microgrid,” in 2016 International conference on energy efficient technologies for sustainability (ICEETS), 2016, pp. 325‒329.
  23.  R. Sirsi and Y. Ambekar, “Efficiency of DC microgrid on DC distribution system,” in 2015 IEEE Innovative Smart Grid Technologies- Asia (ISGT ASIA), 2015, pp. 1‒6.
  24.  A. Pratt, P. Kumar, and T. V. Aldridge, “Evaluation of 400V DC distribution in telco and data centers to improve energy efficiency,” in INTELEC 07‒29th International Telecommunications Energy Conference, 2007, pp. 32‒39.
  25.  K. Fgerblen et al., “The feasibility of small-scale residential DC distribution systems,” in IECON 2006‒32nd Annual Conference on IEEE Industrial Electronics, 2006, pp. 2618‒2623.
  26.  J. Brenguier, M. Vallet, and F. Vaillant, “Efficiency gap between AC and DC electrical power distribution system,” in 2016 IEEE/IAS 52nd Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Technical Conference (I&CPS), 2016, pp. 1‒6.
  27.  U. Boeke and M. Wendt, “DC power grids for buildings,” in 2015 IEEE First International Conference on DC Microgrids (ICDCM), 2015, pp. 210‒214.
  28.  D.L. Gerber, V. Vossos, W. Feng, C. Marnay, B. Nordman, and R. Brown, “A simulation-based efficiency comparison of AC and DC power distribution networks in commercial buildings”, Appl. Energy, 210, 1167‒1187 (2018).
  29.  B. Glasgo, I.L. Azevedo, and C. Hendrickson, “How much electricity can we save by using direct current circuits in homes? Understanding the potential for electricity savings and assessing feasibility of a transition towards DC powered buildings,” Appl. Energy 180, 66‒75 (2016).
  30.  K. Siraj and H.A. Khan, “DC distribution for residential power networks – A framework to analyze the impact of voltage levels on energy efficiency”, Energy Rep. 6, 944‒951 (2020).
  31.  Z. Liu and M. Li, “Research on energy efficiency of DC distribution system,” AASRI Procedia 7, 68‒74 (2014).
  32.  U. Manandhar, A. Ukil, and T.K. Jonathan, “Efficiency comparison of DC and AC microgrid,” in 2015 IEEE Innovative Smart Grid Technologies-Asia (ISGT ASIA), 2015, pp. 1‒6.
  33.  H.R. Atia, A. Shakya, P. Tandukar, U. Tamrakar, T.M. Hansen, and R. Tonkoski, “Efficiency analysis of AC coupled and DC coupled microgrids considering load profile variations,” in 2016 IEEE International Conference on Electro Information Technology (EIT), 2016, pp. 0695‒0699.
  34.  H.E. Gelani and F. Dastgeer, “Efficiency analyses of a DC residential power distribution system for the modern home”, Adv. Electr. Comput. Eng. 15(1), 135‒143 (2015).
  35.  H.E. Gelani, F. Dastgeer, K. Siraj, M. Nasir, K.A.K. Niazi, and Y. Yang, “Efficiency Comparison of AC and DC Distribution Networks for Modern Residential Localities”, Appl. Sci. 9(3), 582 (2019).
  36.  H. Gelani, F. Dastgeer, M. Umar, J. Hussain, R. Danyal, and M. Umair, “Economic viability of in-house DC system in Pakistan,” in 2018 1st International Conference on Power, Energy and Smart Grid (ICPESG), 2018, pp. 1‒4.
  37.  F. Dastgeer and A. Kalam, “Efficiency comparison of DC and AC distribution systems for distributed generation,” in 2009 Australasian Universities Power Engineering Conference, 2009, pp. 1‒5.
  38.  M. Nasir, Z. Jin, H.A. Khan, N.A. Zaffar, J.C. Vasquez and J.M. Guerrero, “A Decentralized Control Architecture Applied to DC Nanogrid Clusters for Rural Electrification in Developing Regions,” IEEE Trans. Power Electron. 34(2), 1773‒1785 (2019).
  39.  H. Wu, K. Sun, L. Chen, L. Zhu and Y. Xing, “High Step-Up/Step-Down Soft-Switching Bidirectional DC–DC Converter With Coupled- Inductor and Voltage Matching Control for Energy Storage Systems,” IEEE Trans. Ind. Electron. 63(5), 2892‒2903 (2016).
  40.  S.A. Arshadi, B. Poorali, E. Adib, and H. Farzanehfard, “High Step-Up DC–AC Inverter Suitable for AC Module Applications,” IEEE Trans. Ind. Electron. 63(2), 832‒839 (2016).
  41.  H. Kim, M. Ryu, J. Baek, and J. Jung, “High-Efficiency Isolated Bidirectional AC–DC Converter for a DC Distribution System,” IEEE Trans. Power Electron. 28(4), 1642‒1654 (2013).
Go to article

Authors and Affiliations

Faraz Ahmad
1 2
Faizan Dastgeer
2
ORCID: ORCID
Hasan E. Gelani
2
ORCID: ORCID
Sidra Khan
3
Mashood Nasir
4
ORCID: ORCID
  1. University of Georgia College of Engineering, USA
  2. University of Engineering and Technology Lahore-FSD Campus, Pakistan
  3. Electrical Engg Dept, CIIT Lahore, Pakistan
  4. Energy Technology, Aalborg University, Denmark
15 Traction power supply with three paralleled single phase voltage source inverters
Tadeusz Płatek , Tomasz Osypinski , Zdziaław Chłodnicki
Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences | 2021 | 69 | 2 | e136733 | DOI: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136733
Keywords: asymmetrical regular sampled PWM voltage source inverters traction power supply active front end
Download PDF Download RIS Download Bibtex

Abstract

Installation and operation of rail vehicles powered by multiple system voltages forces the construction of multi-system traction substation. The article describes a traction substation power supply with 15 kV output voltage and frequency Hz and 25 kV at 50 Hz. The topology of the power electronics system and the control structure of the power supply enables parallel connection of several power supplies. The selected topology and control structure ensures minimizing the rms value of the LCRL filter capacitor current used at the output of the inverters. The article analyses the influence of harmonics consumed by the active front end (AFE) rectifier used in traction vehicles on the rms current of the LCRL filter capacitor.
Go to article

Bibliography

  1.  L. Asiminoaei, E. Aeloiza, P.N. Enjeti, and F. Blaabjerg, “Shunt Active-Power-Filter Topology Based on Parallel Interleaved Inverters”, IEEE Trans. Ind. Electron. 55(3), 1175–1189 (2008), doi: 10.1109/TIE.2007.907671.
  2.  H.-G. Jeong, D.-K. Yoon, and K.-B. Lee, “Design of an LCL-Filter for Three-Parallel Operation of Power Converters in Wind Turbines”, J. Power Electron. 13(3), 437–446 (2013), doi: 10.6113/JPE.2013.13.3.437.
  3.  T. Platek, “Analysis of Ripple Current in the Capacitors of Active Power Filters”, Energies 12(23), 1‒31 (2019), doi: 10.3390/en12234493.
  4.  D. Shin, H.-J. Kim, J.-P. Lee, T.-J. Kim, and D.-W. Yoo, “Coupling L-CL Filters and Active Damping Method for Interleaved Three-Phase Voltage Source Inverters”, in 2015 17th European Conference on Power Electronics and Applications (EPE’15 ECCE-Europe), Geneva, 2015, pp. 1‒10, doi: 10.1109/EPE.2015.7309318.
  5.  G.G. Balazs, M. Horvath, I. Schmidt, and P. Kiss, “Examination of new current control methods for modern PWM controlled AC electric locomotives”, in 6th IET International Conference on Power Electronics, Machines and Drives (PEMD 2012), Bristol, 2012, pp. 1‒5, doi: 10.1049/cp.2012.0314.
  6.  P. Falkowski, A. Sikorski, K. Kulikowski, and M. Korzeniewski, “Properties of active rectiefier with LCL filter in the selection process of the weighting factors in finite control set-MPC”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 68(1), 51–60 (2020), doi: 10.24425/bpasts.2020.131836.
  7.  J. Michalik, J. Molnar, and Z. Peroutka, “Optimal Control of Traction Single-Phase Current–Source Active Rectifier”, in Proceedings of 14th International Power Electronics and Motion Control Conference EPE-PEMC 2010, Ohrid, 2010, pp. T9-82-T9-88, doi: 10.1109/ EPEPEMC.2010.5606604.
  8.  L.Di. Donna, F. Liccardo, P. Marino, C. Schiano, and M. Triggianese, “Single-phase synchronous active front-end for high power applications,” in Proceedings of the IEEE International Symposium on Industrial Electronics, 2005. ISIE 2005, Dubrovnik, Croatia, 2005, vol. 2, pp. 615‒620, doi: 10.1109/ISIE.2005.1528987.
  9.  D.G. Holmes, T.A. Lipo, Pulse Width Modulation For Power Converters, pp. 125–146, IEEE PRESS, Willey-Interscience. Copyright, 2003.
  10.  W. Wu, M. Huang, and F. Blaabjerg, “Efficiency comparison between the LLCL and LCL-filters based single-phase grid-tied inverters“, Arch. Electr. Eng. 63(1), 63‒79 (2014), doi: 10.2478/aee-2014-0005.
  11.  M. Liserre, F. Blaabjerg, and S. Hansen, “Design and Control of an LCL-Filter-Based Three-Phase Active Rectifier”, IEEE Trans. Ind. Appl. 41(5), 1281‒1291 (2005), doi: 10.1109/TIA.2005.853373.
  12.  K. Jalili and S. Bernet, “Design of LCL Filters of Active-Front-End Two-Level Voltage-Source Converters”, IEEE Trans. Ind. Electron. 56(5), 1674‒1689, (2009), doi: 10.1109/TIE.2008.2011251.
  13.  S. Piasecki, R. Szmurlo, J. Rabkowski, and M. Jasinski, “Dedicated system for design, analysis and optimization of AC-DC converters”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 64(4), 897‒905 (2016).
  14.  F. Liu, X. Zha, Y. Zhou, and S. Duan, “Design and research on parameter of LCL filter in three-phase grid-connected inverter”, in Power Electronics and Motion Control Conference, 2009. IPEMC ’09. IEEE 6th International, May 2009, pp. 2174 –2177, doi: 10.1109/ IPEMC.2009.5157762.
  15.  M.A. Abusara, M. Jamil, and S. M. Sharkh, “Repetitive current control of an interleaved grid connected inverter”, in Proc. 3rd IEEE Int. Symp. Power Electron. Distrib. Gener. Syst. (PEDG), Aalborg, 2012, pp. 558–563, doi: 10.1109/PEDG.2012.6254057.
  16.  A.A. Rockhill, M. Liserre, R. Teodorescu, and P. Rodriguez, “Grid-Filter Design for a Multimegawatt Medium-Voltage Voltage-Source Inverter”, IEEE Trans. Ind. Electron. 58(4), 1205–1217 (2011), doi: 10.1109/TIE.2010.2087293.
Go to article

Authors and Affiliations

Tadeusz Płatek
1
Tomasz Osypinski
2
Zdziaław Chłodnicki
2
  1. Institute of Control and Industrial Electronics, Warsaw University of Technology, Koszykowa 75, 00-662 Warsaw, Poland
  2. Medcom Company, Jutrzenki 78A, 02-315 Warsaw, Poland
16 A novel source side power quality improved soft starting of three-phase induction motor using a symmetrical angle controller through pic microcontroller
S. Selvaperumal , N. Krishnamoorthy , G. Prabhakar
Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences | 2021 | 69 | 2 | e136746 | DOI: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136746
Keywords: soft starting of three phase induction motor symmetrical angle controller AC voltage controller power quality improvement
Download PDF Download RIS Download Bibtex

Abstract

PIC microcontroller has a vital role in various types of controllers and nowadays the presence of PIC microcontroller is unavoidable in most control applications. This paper describes the enhancement of soft starting of induction motors using PIC microcontroller. Soft starting is required for the induction motors with reduced applied voltages so that the peak starting current is reduced and the startup of the motor is smooth with controlled torque and reduced mechanical vibrations, reduced starting current with correspondingly reduced bus voltage drops. While many of the available schemes of soft starting offer better results in view of smooth starting process, the proposed methodology offers soft starting as well as it cares about the source current quality. In contrast to the conventional multistep starting scheme, in this work a continuously controlled starting scheme is proposed. The three phase AC voltage controller topology is used as the core controller. In each of the half cycles, instead of a single conduction period with a single delay angle, the proposed AC voltage controller is switched symmetrically in each half cycle with multiple pulses in each quarter cycle. Symmetrically placed fixed numbers of switching pulses are used. The paper also describes the various time ratio controls namely the phase angle controller, the extinction angle controller and the symmetrical angle controller. The design aspects of the proposed soft starting scheme and the validation of the proposed system in the MATLAB SIMULINK environment are presented in this paper.
Go to article

Bibliography

  1.  I. Boldea, “Electric generators and motors: An overview”, in CES Trans. Electr. Mach. Syst. 1(1), 3‒14 (2017), doi: 10.23919/ TEMS.2017.7911104.
  2.  A.H. VanderMeulen, T.J. Natali, T.J. Dionise, G. Paradiso, and K. Ameele, “Exploring New and Conventional Starting Methods of Large Medium-Voltage Induction Motors on Limited kVA Sources”, IEEE Trans. Ind. Appl. 55, 4474‒4482 (2019).
  3.  R.F. McElveen and M.K. Toney, “Starting high-inertia loads”, IEEE Trans. Ind. Appl., 37, 137–144 (2001).
  4.  S.A. Hamed and B.J. Chalmers, “Analysis of variable-voltage thyristor controlled induction motors”, IEE Proc. 137, 184‒192 (1990).
  5.  O. Oputa, P.I. Obi, and I.K. Onwuka, “Induction motor starting analysis and start aided device comparison using ETAP”, Eur. J. Eng. Technol. Res. 2, 1‒7 (2017).
  6.  E.C. Carmo, V.F. Mendes, M.F. Santos, and L.A. Silva, “Starting large induction motors alternatives for emergency generation system”, 2018 Simposio Brasileiro de Sistemas Eletricos (SBSE), Niteroi, 2018, pp. 1‒6, doi: 10.1109/SBSE.2018.8395772.
  7.  A. Gastli and M.M. Ahmed, “ANN-based soft starting of Voltage-controlled-fed IM drive system”, IEEE Trans. Energy Convers. 20, 497‒503(2005).
  8.  H. Wadke, P. Gurav, S. Ghaytadak, and A. Singh, “Power Factor Improvement for Induction Motor by Using Capacitor Bank”, Int. J. Res. Eng. Sci. Manag. 1(1), 77‒79 (2018).
  9.  M. Hyla, “Start-up of large-power synchronous motor with the 6 kV voltage source inverter and microprocessor-controlled unit for excitation supply”, J. Electr. Eng. 69(1), 156‒162 (2018), doi: 10.2478/jee-2018-0019.
  10.  V. Volkov and A. A. Kolesnikov, “Energy-saving speed control of frequency-controlled induction motors on starting and decelerating”, Russ. Electr. Eng. 84(1), 237‒243(2013).
  11.  N. Balamurugan and S. Selvaperumal, “Assessment of Anti-windup PI controlled induction motor drive using V/F method”, Int J Adv. Eng. Tech. 7(1), 964‒968 (2018).
  12.  G.G. Richards and M.A. Laughton, “Limiting induction motor transient shaft torques following source discontinuities”, IEEE Trans. Energy Convers. 13(1), 250‒256 (1998).
  13.  G. Zenginobuz, I. Çadirci, M. Ermis, and C. Barlak, “Soft starting of large induction motors at constant current with minimized starting torque pulsations”, IEEE Trans. Ind. Appl. 37(1), 137–144 (2001).
  14.  A.A. Shaltout, “Analysis of torsional torques in starting of large squirrel cage induction motor”, IEEE Trans. Energy Convers. 9(1), 135‒142 (1994).
  15.  S.A. Derazm and H.Z. Azazi, “Current limiting soft starter for three phase induction motor drive system using PWM AC chopper”, IET Power Electron. 10(1), 1298‒1306 (2017).
  16.  I. Cadirci, M. Ermis, E. Nalcacl, B. Ertan, and M. Rahman, “A solid state direct on line starter for medium voltage induction motors with minimized current and torque pulsations”, IEEE Trans. Energy Convers. 14(3), 402‒412 (1999).
  17.  E. Omorogiuwa and Ch. Ayor, “Energy Efficiency Optimization Of Three Phase Induction Motor Drives For Industrial Applications”, Int. J. Eng. Appl. Sci. 5(1), 42‒49 (2018).
  18.  J. Yuan, Ch. Wang, Y. Zhu, and B. Chen, “A novel soft start method of super large capacity high voltage motor”, CES Trans. Electr. Mach. Syst. 3(1), 302‒308 (2019).
  19.  G. Vivek, J. Biswas, M.D. Nair and M. Barai, “Simplified double switching SVPWM implementation for three-level VSI”, J. Eng. 2019(11), 8257‒8269 (2019),
  20.  J.-K. Seok and S. Kim, “Hexagon Voltage Manipulating Control (HVMC) for AC Motor Drives Operating at Voltage Limit”, IEEE Trans. Ind. Appl., 51, 3829‒3837 (2015).
  21.  T.P. Holopainen and A. Arkio, “Simple Electromagnetic motor model for torsional analysis of variable speed drives with an induction motor”, Tech. Mech. 37, 347‒357 (2017).
  22.  O.S. Ebrahim, M.A. Badr, A.S. Elgendy, and P.K. Jai, “ANN-Based Optimal Energy Control of Induction Motor Drive in Pumping Applications”, IEEE Trans. Energy Convers. 25, 652‒660 (2010).
  23.  B. Basak, “Transient Behaviour of Three Phase Induction Motor Under Supply Interruption of One Phase During Starting”, in National Power Systems Conference-IIT, Kharagpur, 2002, pp. 259‒262.
  24.  M. Muthuramalingam, G.G. Samuel, C. Christober Asir Rajan, “A novel intelligent controller for soft starting scheme in three phase induction motor”, J. Eng. Technol. Res. 8, 371‒377 (2017).
  25.  N. Balamurugan and S. Selvaperumal, “Intelligent controller for speed control of three phase induction motor using indirect vector control method in marine applications”, Indian J. Geo-Mar. Sci. 47(1), 1069‒1074 (2018).
  26.  P. Strankowski, J. Guzinski, M. Morawiec, A. Lewicki, and F. Wilczynski, “Sensorless five-phase induction motor drive with third harmonic injection and inverter output filter”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 68(3), 437‒445 (2020).
Go to article

Authors and Affiliations

S. Selvaperumal
1
ORCID: ORCID
N. Krishnamoorthy
2
G. Prabhakar
3
ORCID: ORCID
  1. Department of EEE, Syed Ammal Engineering College, Ramanathapuram, Tamilnadu, India
  2. SBM College of Engineering and Technology, Dindigul-624005, Tamilnadu, India
  3. Department of EEE, V.S.B. Engineering College, Karur, Tamilnadu, India
17 An analytical-numerical method for calculating the stationary thermal field in electrical systems with elliptical cross-sections
Jerzy Gołębiowski , Marek Zaręba
Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences | 2021 | 69 | 2 | e136738 | DOI: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136738
Keywords: analytical-numerical methods of field theory elliptical conductors Poisson’s equation
Download PDF Download RIS Download Bibtex

Abstract

In this article, an analytical-numerical approach to calculating a stationary thermal field in the elliptical region is presented. The eigenfunctions of the Laplace operator were determined analytically, whereas the coefficients of the eigenfunctions were obtained numerically. The cooling was modeled with 3rd kind (Hankel’s) boundary condition, where the total heat transfer coefficient was the sum of the convective and radiative components. The method was used to analyze the thermal field in an elliptical conductor and a dielectrically heated elliptical column. The basic parameters of these systems, i.e. their steady-state current rating and the maximum charge temperature, were determined. The results were verified using the finite element method and have been presented graphically.
Go to article

Bibliography

  1.  V.T. Morgan, “The current distribution, resistance and internal inductance of linear power system conductors – a review of explicit equations”, IEEE Trans. Power Deliv. 28(3), 1252‒1262 (2013).
  2.  R. Suchtanke, Alternating current loss measurement of power cable conductors with large cross sections using electrical methods, Doctoral dissertation, Technischen Universität, Berlin, 2008.
  3.  R. Sikora, J. Purczyński, and W. Lipiński, “Das magnetische Feld des gleich-stromdurchflossenen Leiters von elliptischen Querschnitt”, Arch. Elektrotechnik 55, 223‒226 (1973).
  4.  Prasanna Shinde, Jitendra Shukla, and E. Rajkumar, “Busbar profile optimization using finite element analysis”, Int. J. Mech. Prod. Eng. 6(2), 30‒32 (2018).
  5.  J. Purczyński and R. Sikora, “Application of the Ritz method to calculate the capacity” (in Polish), Arch. Electr. Eng. 22, 611‒619 (1973).
  6.  W. Peterson, “Calculation of the impedance of a conductor with an elliptic cross-section in the slot of an electric machine”, Arch. Elektrotechnik 60, 63‒68 (1978).
  7.  W. Peterson, “Electrodynamic forces acting on a conductor with elliptic cross-section in the slot of an electric machine”, Arch. Elektrotechnik 63, 135‒139 (1981).
  8.  Z.-C. Li, L.-P. Zhang, Y. Wei, M.-G. Lee, and J.Y. Chiang, “Boundary methods for Dirichlet problems of Laplace’s equation in elliptic domains with elliptic holes”, Eng. Anal. Bound. Elem. 61, 91‒103 (2015).
  9.  L.-P. Zhang, Zi.-C. Li, and M.-G. Lee, “Boundary methods for mixed boundary problems of Laplace’s equation in elliptic domains with elliptic holes”, Eng. Anal. Bound. Elem. 63, 92‒104 (2016).
  10.  P. Rolicz, “Eddy currents in an elliptic conductor by a transverse alternating magnetic field”, Arch. Elektrotechnik 68, 423‒431 (1985).
  11.  H. Ragueb, “An analytical study of the periodic laminar forced convection of non-Newtonian nanofluid flow inside an elliptical duct”, Int. J. Heat Mass Transf. 127, 469‒483 (2018).
  12.  M. Benmerkhi, M. Afrid, and D. Groulx, “Thermally developing forced convection in a metal foam-filled elliptic annulus”, Int. J. Heat Mass Transf. 97, 253‒269 (2016).
  13.  F.M. Mahfouz, “Heat conduction within an elliptic annulus heated at either CWT or CHF”, Appl. Math. Comput. 266, 357‒368 (2015).
  14.  W. Piguang, Z. Mi, and D. Xiuli, “Analytical solution and simplified formula for earthquake induced hydrodynamic pressure on elliptical hollow cylinders in water”, Ocean Eng. 148, 149‒160 (2018).
  15.  M.N. Ozisik, Heat Conduction, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1980.
  16.  P. Moon and D.E. Spencer, Field theory for engineers, D. Van Nostrand Company, Inc., Princeton, New York, 1961.
  17.  M.J. Latif, Heat conduction, Springer-Verlag, Haidelberg, 2009.
  18.  L.C. Evans, Partial differential equations, American Mathematical Society Providence, Rhode Islands, 2010.
  19.  D.W. Hahn and M.N. Ozisik, Heat Conduction, John Wiley & Sons, New Jersey, 2012.
  20.  A. Abramowitz and I.A. Stegun, Handbook of mathematical functions with formulas, graphs, and mathematical tables, Dover Publications, Inc., New York, 1972.
  21.  Wolfram Research, Inc., Mathematica, Illinois: Wolfram Research Inc., 2018.
  22.  G.J. Anders, Rating of electric power cables: ampacity computations for transmission, distribution, and industrial applications, McGraw- Hill Professional, New York, 1997.
  23.  M. Hering, Fundamentals of electroheat (part 2), Wydawnictwo Naukowo-Techniczne, Warsaw, 1998, [in Polish].
  24.  P. Nithiarasu, R.W. Lewis, and K.N. Seetharamu, Fundamentals of the finite element method for heat and mass transfer, John Wiley & Sons, 2016.
  25.  A. Steckiewicz, J.M. Stankiewicz, and A. Choroszucho, “Numerical and circuit modeling of the low-power periodic WPT systems”, Energies 13(10), 1‒17 (2020).
  26.  S. Brenner and R.L. Scott, The mathematical theory of finite element methods, Springer, Berlin, 2008.
  27.  S. Berhausen and S. Paszek, “Use of the finite element method for parameter estimation of the circuit model of a high power synchronous generator”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 63(3), 575‒582 (2015).
Go to article

Authors and Affiliations

Jerzy Gołębiowski
1
Marek Zaręba
1
  1. Faculty of Electrical Engineering, Bialystok University of Technology, Wiejska 45D, 15-351 Bialystok, Poland
18 High quality repetitive control system for a grid-tied converter under distorted grid voltage conditions – design and implementation
Bartlomiej Ufnalski , Andrzej Straś , Lech M. Grzesiak
Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences | 2021 | 69 | 2 | e136739 | DOI: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136739
Keywords: AC/DC power converters current controller particle swarm optimization power quality repetitive control (RC)
Download PDF Download RIS Download Bibtex

Abstract

The paper features a grid-tied converter with a repetitive current controller. Our goal here is to demonstrate the complete design workflow for a repetitive controller, including phase lead, filtering and conditional learning. All key parameters, i.e., controller gain, filter and fractional phase lead, are designed in a single optimization procedure, which is a novel approach. The description of the design and optimization process, as well as experimental verification of the entire control system, are the most important contributions of the paper. Additionally, one more novelty in the context of power converters is verified in the physical system – a conditional learning algorithm to improve transient states to abrupt reference and disturbance changes. The resulting control system is tested experimentally in a 10 kW converter.
Go to article

Bibliography

  1.  K. Kulikowski, P. Falkowski, and R. Grodzki, “Predictive and look-up table control methods of a three-level ac-dc converter under distorted grid voltage”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 65(5), 609–618 (2017).
  2.  P. Falkowski and A. Godlewska, “Finite control set mpc of lclfiltered grid-connected power converter operating under grid distortions”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 68(5), 1069–1076 (2020).
  3.  B. Ufnalski, L. Grzesiak, A. Kaszewski, and A. Gałecki, “On the similarity and challenges of multiresonant and iterative learning current controllers for grid converters and why the disturbance feedforward matters”, Prz. Elektrotechniczny 94(5), P.38–P.48 (2018).
  4.  S. Hara, Y. Yamamoto, T. Omata, and M. Nakano, “Repetitive control system: a new type servo system for periodic exogenous signals”, IEEE Trans. Autom. Control 33 (7), 659–668 (1988).
  5.  W. Śleszyński, A. Cichowski, and P. Mysiak, “Current harmonic controller in multiple reference frames for series active power filter integrated with 18-pulse diode rectifier”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 66(5), 699–704 (2018).
  6.  A. Gałecki, M. Michalczuk, A. Kaszewski, B. Ufnalski, and L. Grzesiak, “Grid-tied converter operated under unbalanced and distorted grid voltage conditions”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 68(2), 389–398 (2020).
  7.  R. Nazir, “Advanced repetitive control of grid converters for power quality improvement under variable frequency conditions”, Doctor of Philosophy, Electrical and Computer Engineering, University of Canterbury, Christchurch, New Zealand (2015).
  8.  Z. Liu, B. Zhang, K. Zhou, Y. Yang, and J. Wang, “Virtual variable sampling repetitive control of single-phase DC/AC PWM converters”, IEEE J. Emerg. Sel. Top. Power Electron. 7(3), 1837–1845 (2018).
  9.  W. Lu, K. Zhou, D. Wang, and M. Cheng, “A generic digital nkm-order harmonic repetitive control scheme for PWM converters”, IEEE Trans. Ind. Electron. 61(3), 1516–1527 (2014).
  10.  H. Chen, H. Liu, Y. Xing, and H. Hu, “Enhanced DFT-based controller for selective harmonic compensation in active power filters”, IEEE Trans. Power Electron. 34(8), 8017–8030 (2019).
  11.  Z. Yang and C.W. Chan, “Conditional iterative learning control for non-linear systems with non-parametric uncertainties under alignment condition”, IET Control Theory Appl. 3(11), 1521– 1527 (2009).
  12.  B. Ufnalski, A. Kaszewski, and L.M. Grzesiak, “Particle swarm optimization of the multioscillatory LQR for a three-phase fourwire voltage-source inverter with an LC output filter”, IEEE Trans. Ind. Electron. 62(1), 484–493 (2015).
  13.  A. Straś, B. Ufnalski, M. Michalczuk, A. Gałecki, and L. Grzesiak, “Design of fractional delay repetitive control with a deadbeat compensator for a grid-tied converter under distorted grid voltage conditions”, Control Eng. Practice 98, 104374 (2020).
  14.  E. Canelas, T. Pinto-Varela, and B. Sawik, “Electricity portfolio optimization for large consumers: Iberian electricity market case study”, Energies 13(9), 2249 (2020).
  15.  W. Xian, W. Yuan, Y. Yan, and T.A. Coombs, “Minimize frequency fluctuations of isolated power system with wind farm by using superconducting magnetic energy storage”, Proc. Int. Conf. Power Electronics and Drive Systems (PEDS), 1329–1332 (2009).
  16.  M. Tang, A. Formentini, S.A. Odhano, and P. Zanchetta, “Torque ripple reduction of pmsms using a novel angle-based repetitive observer”, IEEE Trans. Ind. Electron. 67(4), 2689–2699 (2020).
  17.  S. Yang, P.Wang, Y. Tang, M. Zagrodnik, X. Hu, and K.J. Tseng, “Circulating current suppression in modular multilevel converters with even-harmonic repetitive control”, IEEE Trans. Ind. Appl. 54(1), 298–309 (2018).
  18.  Y. Wang, A. Darwish, D. Holliday, and B.W. Williams, “Plugin repetitive control strategy for high-order wide-output range impedance- source converters”, IEEE Trans. Power Electron. 32(8), 6510–6522 (2017).
  19.  B. Ufnalski, A. Gałecki, A. Kaszewski, and L. Grzesiak, “On the similarity and challenges of multiresonant and iterative learning current controllers for grid converters under frequency fluctuations and load transients”, Proc. 20th European Conf. Power Electronics and Applications (EPE’18 ECCE Europe), P.1–P.10 (2018).
  20.  K. Jackiewicz, A. Straś, B. Ufnalski, and L. Grzesiak, “Comparative study of two repetitive process control techniques for a grid-tie converter under distorted grid voltage conditions”, Int. J. Electr. Power Energy Syst. 113, 164 – 175 (2019).
  21.  A.G. Yepes, Digital resonant current controllers for voltage source converters, PhD thesis, Univeristy of Vigo, Departaments of Electronics Technology (2011).
  22.  Y. Yang, K. Zhou, and M. Cheng, “Phase compensation resonant controller for PWM converters”, IEEE Trans. Ind. Inform. 9(2), 957–964 (2013).
  23.  Y. Yang, K. Zhou, M. Cheng, and B. Zhang, “Phase compensation multiresonant control of cvcf PWM converters”, IEEE Trans. Power Electron. 28(8), 3923–3930 (2013).
  24.  B. Han, J.S. Lee, and M. Kim, “Repetitive controller with phaselead compensation for Cuk CCM inverter”, IEEE Trans. Ind. Electron. 65(3), 2356–2367 (2018).
  25.  P. Zanchetta, M. Degano, J. Liu, and P. Mattavelli, “Iterative learning control with variable sampling frequency for current control of grid-connected converters in aircraft power systems”, IEEE Trans. Ind. Appl. 49(4), 1548–1555 (2013).
  26.  M.A. Herran, J.R. Fischer, S.A. Gonzalez, M.G. Judewicz, I. Carugati, and D.O. Carrica, “Repetitive control with adaptive sampling frequency for wind power generation systems”, IEEE J. Emerg. Sel. Top. Power Electron. 2(1), 58–69 (2014).
  27.  Z. Liu, B. Zhang, and K. Zhou, “Fractional-order phase lead compensation for multi-rate repetitive control on three-phase PWM DC/AC inverter”, Proc. IEEE Applied Power Electronics Conf. and Exposition (APEC), 1155–1162 (2016).
  28.  A. Straś, B. Ufnalski, and L. Grzesiak, “Particle swarm optimization-based gain, delay compensation and filter determination of a repetitive controller for a grid-tie converter”, Proc. Int. Symp. Industrial Electronics (INDEL), 1–7 (2018).
  29.  R. Nazir, “Taylor series expansion based repetitive controllers for power converters, subject to fractional delays”, Control Eng. Practice 64, 140–147 (2017).
  30.  J. Svensson, M. Bongiorno, and A. Sannino, “Practical implementation of delayed signal cancellation method for phasesequence separation”, IEEE Trans. Power Deliv. 22(1), 18–26 (2007).
  31.  Y. Yang, K. Zhou, and F. Blaabjerg, “Frequency adaptability of harmonics controllers for grid-interfaced converters”, Int. J. Control 90(1), 3–14 (2015).
  32.  Y. Yang, K. Zhou, and F. Blaabjerg, “Enhancing the frequency adaptability of periodic current controllers with a fixed sampling rate for grid-connected power converters”, IEEE Trans. Power Electron. 31(10), 7273–7285 (2016).
  33.  P. Yu, M. Wu, J. She, K. Liu, and Y. Nakanishi, “An improved equivalent-input-disturbance approach for repetitive control system with state delay and disturbance”, IEEE Trans. Ind. Electron. 65(1), 521–531 (2018).
  34.  G. Weiss, and T.C. Green, “H1 repetitive control of DC-AC converters in microgrids”, IEEE Trans. Power Electron. 19(1), 219‒230 (2004).
  35.  K. Zhang, Y. Kang, J. Xiong, and J. Chen, “Direct repetitive control of spwm inverter for UPS purpose”, IEEE Trans. Power Electron. 18(3), 784–792 (2003).
  36.  H.L. Broberg and R.G. Molyet, “Reduction of repetitive errors in tracking of periodic signals: theory and application of repetitive control”, Proc. 1992 The First IEEE Conf. Control Applications, 1116–1121, vol. 2 (1992).
  37.  D. Wang, “Zero-phase odd-harmonic repetitive controller for a single-phase PWM inverter”, IEEE Trans. Power Electron. 21(1), 193–201 (2006).
  38.  R. Nazir, K. Zhou, N.R. Watson, and A. Wood, “Frequency adaptive repetitive control of grid-connected inverters”, Proc. Decision and Information Technologies (CoDIT) 2014 Int. Conf. Control, 584–588 (2014).
  39.  R. Nazir, A.R. Woody, and A. Shabbir, “Low THD grid connected converter under variable frequency environment”, IEEE Access 7, 33528–33536 (2019).
  40.  Z. Liu, B. Zhang, K. Zhou, and J. Wang, “Virtual variable sampling discrete Fourier transform based selective odd-order harmonic repetitive control of DC/AC converters”, IEEE Trans. Power Electron. 33(7), 6444–6452 (2018).
  41.  T. Liu and D.Wang, “Parallel structure fractional repetitive control for PWM inverters”, IEEE Trans. Ind. Electron. 62(8), 5045–5054 (2015).
  42.  T. Liu, D. Wang, and K. Zhou, “High-performance grid simulator using parallel structure fractional repetitive control”, IEEE Trans. Power Electron. 31(3), 2669–2679 (2016).
  43.  A. Gałecki, L. Grzesiak, B. Ufnalski, A. Kaszewski, and M. Michalczuk, “Multi-oscillatory current control with antiwindup for grid- connected VSCs operated under distorted grid voltage conditions”, Proc. 19th European Conf. Power Electronics and Applications (EPE’17 ECCE Europe), P.1–P.10 (2017).
  44.  A. Gałecki, M. Michalczuk, A. Kaszewski, B. Ufnalski, and L. Grzesiak, “Particle swarm optimization of the multioscillatory LQR for a three-phase grid-tie converter”, Prz. Elektrotechniczny 94(6), 43–48 (2018).
  45.  R. Eberhart and J. Kennedy, “A new optimizer using particle swarm theory”, Proc. Sixth Int. Symp. Micro Machine and Human Science MHS’95, 39–43 (1995).
  46.  P. Mattavelli, F. Polo, F. Dal Lago, and S. Saggini, “Analysis of control-delay reduction for the improvement of UPS voltageloop bandwidth”, IEEE Trans. Ind. Electron. 55(8), 2903–2911 (2008).
  47.  C. Klarenbach, H. Schmirgel, and J.O. Krah, “Design of fast and robust current controllers for servo drives based on space vector modulation”, PCIM Europe, vol. 17, 19 (2011).
  48.  A.Z.A. Mazlan, Z.M. Ripin, and W.M.A. Ali, “Piezo stack actuator saturation control of the coupled active suspended handle-die grinder using various PID-anti-windup control schemes”, Proc. Computing and Engineering (ICCSCE) 2016 6th IEEE Int. Conf. Control System, 22–27 (2016).
  49.  P. Biernat, B. Ufnalski, and L.M. Grzesiak, “Real-time implementation of the multi-swarm repetitive control algorithm”, Proc. 9th Int. Conf. Compatibility and Power Electronics (CPE), 119–125 (2015).
Go to article

Authors and Affiliations

Bartlomiej Ufnalski
1
ORCID: ORCID
Andrzej Straś
1
ORCID: ORCID
Lech M. Grzesiak
1
ORCID: ORCID
  1. Warsaw University of Technology, ul. Koszykowa 75, 00-662 Warsaw, Poland
19 A reliability-operational analysis of a track-side CCTV cabinet taking into account interference
Jacek Paś , Adam Rosiński , Kamil Białek
Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences | 2021 | 69 | 2 | e136747 | DOI: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136747
Keywords: operation reliability electromagnetic interference modelling closed-circuit television
Download PDF Download RIS Download Bibtex

Abstract

The paper presents issues associated with the impact of electromagnetic interference on track-side cabinets of a closed-circuit television system (CCTV) functioning in a railway transport environment. The measurements of an electromagnetic field emitted by a track-side CCTV cabinet were presented. Designs of this kind are operated in railway facilities; therefore, they should not disturb the functioning of other equipment, the rail traffic control systems, in particular (so-called inner compatibility). An analysis of the obtained results enabled developing a research model, and a further reliability and operational analysis, taking into account electromagnetic interference. This enabled determining a relationship allowing the determination of the probability of a track-side CCTV cabinet staying in a state of full ability. The presented discussions regarding a track-side CCTV cabinet, taking into account electromagnetic interference, allow for the numerical assessment of different types of solutions (technical and organizational), which can be implemented in order to mitigate the impact of electromagnetic interference on a system’s functioning.
Go to article

Bibliography

  1.  R. Gordon, Intelligent Freeway Transportation Systems: Functional Design, Springer Science+Business Media, 2009.
  2.  P. Łubkowski and D. Laskowski, “Selected Issues of Reliable Identification of Object in Transport Systems Using Video Monitoring Services”, in Communication in Computer and Information Science, vol. 471, pp. 59‒68, Springer, Berlin Heidelberg, 2015.
  3.  M. Siergiejczyk, A. Rosiński, and J. Paś, “Analysis of unintended electromagnetic fields generated by safety system control panels”, Diagnostyka 17(3), 35‒40 (2016).
  4.  M. Siergiejczyk, J. Paś, and A. Rosiński, “Train call recorder and electromagnetic interference”. Diagnostyka 16(1), 19‒22 (2015).
  5.  K. Sunitha and M. Joy Thomas, “Effect of Soil Conditions on the Electromagnetic Field From an Impulse Radiating Antenna and on the Induced Voltage in a Buried Cable”, IEEE Trans. Electromagn. Compat. 61(4), 990‒997 (2019), doi: 10.1109/TEMC.2018.2844205.
  6.  M. Kornaszewski, M. Chrzan, and Z. Olczykowski, “Implementation of New Solutions of Intelligent Transport Systems in Railway Transport in Poland”, in Communications in Computer and Information Science, pp. 282‒292, Springer, 2017.
  7.  J. Dyduch, J. Paś, and A. Rosiński, The basic of the exploitation of transport electronic systems, Publishing House of Radom University of Technology, Radom, 2011.
  8.  J. Paś, Operation of electronic transportation systems, Publishing House University of Technology and Humanities, Radom, 2015.
  9.  M. Chrzan, M. Kornaszewski, and T. Ciszewski, “Renovation of Marine Telematics Objects in the Process of Exploitation”, in Communications in Computer and Information Science, pp. 337‒351, Springer, 2018.
  10.  M. Siergiejczyk, J. Paś, and E. Dudek, “Reliability analysis of aerodrome’s electronic security systems taking into account electromagnetic interferences”, in Risk, Reliability and Safety: Innovating Theory and Practice: Proceedings of ESREL 2016, pp. 2285‒2292, eds. L. Walls, M. Revie, and T. Bedford, CRC Press/Balkema, 2017.
  11.  A. Rosiński, Modelling the maintenance process of transport telematics systems, Publishing House Warsaw University of Technology, Warsaw, 2015.
  12.  D. Romero-Faz and A. Camarero-Orive, “Risk assessment of critical infrastructures – New parameters for commercial ports”, Int. J. Crit. Infor. Prot. 18, 50‒57 (2017).
  13.  M. Jacyna, J. Żak, and P. Gołębiowski, “The EMITRANSYS model and the possibilities of its application for the analysis of the development of sustainable transport systems”, Combust. Eng. 179(4), 243‒248 (2019).
  14.  R. Billinton and R.N. Allan, Reliability evaluation of power systems, Plenum Press, New York, 1996.
  15.  R. Hari Kumar, N. Mayadevi, V.P. Mini, and S. Ushakumari, “Transforming distribution system into a sustainable isolated microgrid considering contingency”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 67(5), 871‒881 (2019).
  16.  R. Matyszkiel, R. Polak, P. Kaniewski, and D. Laskowski, “The results of transmission tests of polish broadband SDR radios”, in Communication and Information Technologies (KIT), pp. 1‒6, Slovakia, 2017.
  17.  A. Kierzkowski and T. Kisiel, “Simulation model of security control system functioning: A case study of the Wroclaw Airport terminal”, J. Air. Transp. Manag. 64(B), 173‒185 (2016).
  18.  D. Caban and T. Walkowiak, “Dependability analysis of hierarchically composed system-of-systems”, in Proceedings of the Thirteenth International Conference on Dependability and Complex Systems DepCoS-RELCOMEX, pp. 113‒120, eds. W. Zamojski, J. Mazurkiewicz, J. Sugier, T. Walkowiak, and J. Kacprzyk, Springer, 2019.
  19.  M. Borecki, M. Ciuba, Y. Kharchenko, and Y. Khanas, “Substation reliability evaluation in the context of the stability prediction of power grids”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 68(4), 769‒776 (2020).
  20.  M. Siergiejczyk, K. Krzykowska, and A. Rosiński, “Evaluation of the influence of atmospheric conditions on the quality of satellite signal”, in Marine Navigation, pp. 121‒128, ed. A. Weintrit, CRC Press/Balkema, London, 2017.
  21.  M. Stawowy and P. Dziula, “Comparison of uncertainty multilayer models of impact of teleinformation devices reliability on information quality”, in Proceedings of the European Safety and Reliability Conference ESREL 2015, pp. 2685‒2691, eds. L. Podofillini, B. Sudret, B. Stojadinovic, E. Zio, and W. Kröger, CRC, Press/Balkema, 2015.
  22.  M. Stawowy and Z. Kasprzyk, “Identifying and simulation of status of an ICT system using rough sets”, in Proceedings of the Tenth International Conference on Dependability and Complex Systems DepCoS-RELCOMEX, pp. 477‒484, eds. Z. Zamojski, J. Mazurkiewicz, J. Sugier, T. Walkowiak, and J. Kacprzyk, Springer, 2015.
  23.  T. Dabrowski, M. Bednarek, K. Fokow, and M. Wisnios, “The method of threshold-comparative diagnosing insensitive on disturbances of diagnostic signals”, Prz. Elektrotechniczny – Electrical Review 88(11A), 93‒97 (2012).
  24.  M. Łabowski and P. Kaniewski, “Motion Compensation for Unmanned Aerial Vehicle’s Synthetic Apperture Radar”, in Signal Processing Symposium SPSympo 2015, Debe, 2015, pp.184‒188.
  25.  P. Kaniewski, R. Gil, and S. Konatowski, “Estimation of UAV Position with Use of Smoothing Algorithms”, Metrol. Meas. Syst. 24(1), 127‒142 (2017).
  26.  K. Reddig, B. Dikunow, and K. Krzykowska, “Proposal of big data route selection methods for autonomous vehicles”, Internet Technol. Lett. 1(36), 1–6 (2018).
  27.  S. Duer, R. Duer, and S. Mazuru, “Determination of the expert knowledge base on the basis of a functional and diagnostic analysis of a technical object”, Romanian Association of Nonconventional Technologies XX(2), 23‒29 (2016).
  28.  S. Duer, K. Zajkowski, I. Płocha, and R. Duer, “Training of an artificial neural network in the diagnostic system of a technical object”, Neural Comput. Appl. 22(7), 1581‒1590 (2013).
  29.  F. Losurdo, I. Dileo, M. Siergiejczyk, K. Krzykowska, and M. Krzykowski, “Innovation in the ICT infrastructure as a key factor in enhancing road safety. A multi-sectoral approach”, in Proceedings 25th International Conference on Systems Engineering ICSEng 2017, pp. 157–162, eds. H. Selvaraj, G. Chmaj, and D. Zydek, 2017.
  30.  R. Burdzik, Ł. Konieczny, and T. Figlus, “Concept of on-board comfort vibration monitoring system for vehicles”, in Activities of Transport Telematics, pp. 418‒425, ed. J. Mikulski, Springer, Heidelberg, 2013.
  31.  M. Kostrzewski, “Analysis of selected acceleration signals measurements obtained during supervised service conditions – study of hitherto approach”, J. Vibroeng. 20(4), 1850‒1866 (2018).
  32.  M. Ali Niknejad, Electromagnetics for High-Speed Analog and Digital Communication Circuits, Cambridge University Press, 2007.
  33.  S. Piersanti, A. Orlandi, and F. de Paulis, “Electromagnetic Absorbing materials design by optimization using a machine learning approach”, IEEE Trans. Electromagn. Compat. 1‒8 (2018), doi: 10.1109/TEMC.2018.2871879.
  34.  J. Vašata and R. Doleček, “Electromagnetic compatibility and lightning current impacts in the railway equipment buildings”, in 26th Conference Radioelektronika 2016, Košice, Slovak Republic, 2016.
  35.  E. Lheurette, Metamaterials and Wave Control, ISTE and Wiley, 2013.
  36.  H. Urbancokova, J. Valouch, and M. Adamek, “Testing of an Intrusion and Hold-up Systems for Electromagnetic Susceptibility – EFT/B”, Int. J. Circuits Syst. Signal Process. 9, 40‒46 (2015).
  37.  J. Valouch, “Technical requirements for Electromagnetic Compatibility of Alarm Systems”, Int. J. Circuits Syst. Signal Process. 9, 186‒191 (2015).
  38.  S. Kovaf, J. Valouch, H. Urbančoková, and M. Adámek, “Electromagnetic interference of CCTV”, in International Conference on Information and Digital Technologies, Zilina, 2015, pp. 172‒177.
  39.  S. Kovář, J. Valouch, H. Urbančoková, and M. Adámek, “Impact of security cameras on electromagnetic environment in far and near- field”, in International Conference on Information and Digital Technologies (IDT) 2016, Rzeszow, 2016, pp. 156‒159.
  40.  H. Urbancokova and J. Valouch, “Monitoring of the tests EMS information technology equipment using the CCTV system”, Int. J. Circuits Syst. Signal Process. 9, 9‒15 (2015).
  41.  H. Urbancokova, S. Kovar, O. Halaska, and J. Valouch, “Immunity of electronic devices against radio-frequency electromagnetic fields”, in 21st International Conference on Circuits, Systems, Communications and Computers (CSCC 2017), MATEC Web of Conferences, vol. 125, 2017.
  42.  R.D. White, L.M. McCormack, and P.W. Hooper, “Electrical System Integration, Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Interface Management of Railway Electrification Systems”. HKIE Trans. 13 (1), 55‒59 (2006).
  43.  Z. Wróbel, “The Electromagnetic Compatibility in Researches of Railway Traffic Control Devices”, in Analysis and Simulation of Electrical and Computer Systems, pp. 275‒287, eds. D. Mazur, M. Gołębiowski, and M. Korkosz, Springer, 2018.
  44.  M. Urbaniak, E. Kardas-Cinal, and M. Jacyna, “Optimization of energetic train cooperation”, Symmetry 11(1175), (2019).
  45.  E. Masson, M. Berbineau, Broadband Wireless Communications for Railway Applications, Studies in Systems, Decision and Control, Springer International Publishing, 2017.
  46.  PN-EN 55016-4-2:2011 + A1:2014. Specification for radio disturbance and immunity measuring apparatus and methods – Part 4‒2: Uncertainties, statistics and limit modelling – Measurement instrumentation uncertainty.
  47.  PN-EN 55016-2-3:2017. Specification for radio disturbance and immunity measuring apparatus and methods – Part 2‒3: Methods of measurement of disturbances and immunity – Radiated disturbance measurements.
  48.  PN-EN 50121-3-2:2017. Railway applications – Electromagnetic compatibility – Part 3‒2: Rolling stock – Apparatus.
  49.  PN-EN 61000-6-4:2008 + A1:2012. Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Part 6‒4: Generic standards – Emission standard for industrial environments.
  50.  R. Smolenski, P. Lezynski, J. Bojarski, W. Drozdz, and L.C. Long, “Electromagnetic compatibility assessment in multiconverter power systems – Conducted interference issues”, Measurement 165, 1‒8 (2020).
  51.  V. Kuznetsov, B. Lyubarskyi, E. Kardas-Cinal, B. Yeritsyan, I. Riabov, and I. Rubanik, “Recommendations for the selection of parameters for shunting locomotives”, Arch. Transp. 56(4), 119–133 (2020).
  52.  C. Alcaraz and S. Zeadally, “Critical infrastructure protection: Requirements and challenges for the 21st century”, Int. J. Crit. Infrastruct. Prot. 8, 53‒66 (2015).
  53.  M. Stawowy and M. Siergiejczyk, “Application and simulations of uncertainty multilevel models to ensure the ITS services”, in Risk, Reliability and Safety: Innovating Theory and Practice: Proceedings of ESREL 2016, pp. 601‒605, eds. L. Walls, M. Revie, and T. Bedford, CRC Press/Balkema, 2017.
  54.  D. Szmel, W. Zabłocki, P. Ilczuk, and A. Kochan, “Selected issues of risk assessment in relation to railway signalling systems”, WUT J. Transp. Eng. 127, 81–91 (2019).
  55.  J. Paś and T. Klimczak, “Selected issues of the reliability and operational assessment of a fire alarm system”, Eksploatacja i Niezawodnosc– Maintenance and Reliability 21(4), 553‒561 (2019).
  56.  M. Siergiejczyk, A. Rosiński, P. Dziula, and K. Krzykowska, “Reliability-exploitation analysis of highway transport telematics systems”, KONBiN 1(33), 177–186 (2015).
  57.  J. Paś, A. Rosiński, M. Chrzan, and K. Białek, “Reliability-Operational Analysis of the LED Lighting Module Including Electromagnetic Interference”, IEEE Trans. Electromagn. Compat. 62(6), 2747‒2758 (2020).
Go to article

Authors and Affiliations

Jacek Paś
1
ORCID: ORCID
Adam Rosiński
2
ORCID: ORCID
Kamil Białek
3
ORCID: ORCID
  1. Military University of Technology, ul. gen. S. Kaliskiego 2, 00-908 Warsaw, Poland
  2. Warsaw University of Technology, ul. Koszykowa 75, 00-662 Warsaw, Poland
  3. Railway Institute, ul. Chłopickiego 50, 04-275 Warsaw, Poland
20 Evaluation of gate drive circuit effect in cascode GaN-based applications
Q.Y. Tan , E.M.S. Narayanan
Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences | 2021 | 69 | 2 | e136742 | DOI: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136742
Keywords: cascode GaNFETs parasitics buck-converter gate drive design
Download PDF Download RIS Download Bibtex

Abstract

This work evaluates the influence of gate drive circuitry to cascode GaN device’s switching waveforms. This is done by comparing three PCBs using three double-pulse-test (DPT) with different gate driving loop design. Among important parasitic elements, source-side inductance shows a significant impact to gate-source voltage waveform. A simulation model based on experimental measurement of the cascode GaNFET used in this work is modified by author. The simulation model is implemented in a synchronous buck converter topology and hereby to assess the impact of gate driving loop of cascode GaN device in both continuous conduction mode (CCM) and critical conduction mode (CRM). Apart from simulation, a synchronous buck converter prototype is presented for experimental evaluation, which shows a 99.15% efficiency at 5A under soft-switching operation (CRM) with a 59ns dead-time.
Go to article

Bibliography

  1.  Power Electronics UK and CSA CATAPULT, “Opportunities and Challenges of Wide Band Gap Power Devices”, pp. 1–8, 2020.
  2.  E.A. Jones, F.F. Wang, and D. Costinett, “Review of Commercial GaN Power Devices and GaN-Based Converter Design Challenges”, IEEE J. Emerg. Sel. Top. Power Electron. 4(3), 707–719 (2016).
  3.  H. Jain, S. Rajawat, and P. Agrawal, “Comparision of wide band gap semiconductors for power electronics applications”, 2008 Int. Conf. Recent Adv. Microw. Theory Appl. Microw, 2008, pp. 878–881.
  4.  S. Chowdhury, Z. Stum, Z. Da Li, K. Ueno, and T.P. Chow, “Comparison of 600 V Si, SiC and GaN power devices”, Mater. Sci. Forum 778–780, pp. 971–974 (2014).
  5.  A. Taube, M. Sochacki, J. Szmidt, E. Kamińska, and A. Piotrowska, “Modelling and Simulation of Normally-Off AlGaN/GaN MOS- HEMTs”, Int. J. Electron. Telecommun. 60(3), 253–258 (2014).
  6.  B.N. Pushpakaran, A.S. Subburaj, and S.B. Bayne, “Commercial GaN-Based Power Electronic Systems: A Review”, J. Electron. Mater. 49(11), 6247–6262 (2020).
  7.  C.T. Ma and Z.H. Gu, “Review of GaN HEMT applications in power converters over 500 W”, Electronics 8(12), 1401 (2019).
  8.  H. Jain, S. Rajawat, and P. Agrawal, Comparision of wide band gap semiconductors for power electronics applications, 2008.
  9.  H. Umeda et al., “High power 3-phase to 3-phase matrix converter using dual-gate GaN bidirectional switches”, 2018 IEEE Applied Power Electronics Conference and Exposition (APEC), San Antonio, USA, 2018, pp. 894‒897, doi: 10.1109/APEC.2018.8341119.
  10.  K. Nowaszewski and A. Sikorski, “Predictive current control of three-phase matrix converter with GaN HEMT bidirectional switches”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 68(4), 1077–1085 (2020).
  11.  S.Y. Tang, “Study on characteristics of enhancement-mode gallium-nitride high-electron-mobility transistor for the design of gate drivers”, Electronics 9(10), 1573 (2020).
  12.  J. Rąbkowski, K. Król, M. Zdanowski, and M. Sochacki, “GaN-based soft-switched active power buffer operating at ZCS – problems of start-up and shut-down”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 68(4), 785–792 (2020).
  13.  S. Davis, “The Great Semi Debate: SiC or GaN?”, 2019. [Online]. Available: https://www.powerelectronics.com/technologies/power- management/article/21864289/the-great-semi-debate-sic-or-gan. [Accessed: 20-Nov-2020].
  14.  Transphorm Inc., “Cascode vs. e-mode” [Online]. Available: https://www.transphormusa.com/en/gan-revolution/#casecode-vs-e-mode.  
  15. Transphrom Inc., “Design Resources” [Online]. Available: https://www.transphormusa.com/en/design-resources/#evaluation-kits. [Accessed: 20-Nov-2020].
  16.  Z. Liu, “Characterization and Application of Wide-Band- Gap Devices for High Frequency Power Conversion”, Ph.D. Thesis, Virginia Tech, 2017.
  17.  F.C. Lee and R. Burgos, “Characterization and Failure Mode Analysis of Cascode GaN HEMT Characterization and Failure Mode Analysis of Cascode GaN HEMT”, Ms.C. Thesis, Virginia Tech, 2014.
  18.  Z. Liu, X. Huang, F.C. Lee, and Q. Li, “Package parasitic inductance extraction and simulation model development for the high-voltage cascode GaN HEMT”, IEEE Trans. Power Electron. 29(4), 1977–1985 (2014).
  19.  K. Umetani, K. Yagyu, and E. Hiraki, “A design guideline of parasitic inductance for preventing oscillatory false triggering of fast switching GaN-FET”, IEEJ Trans. Electr. Electron. Eng. 11(52), S84–S90 (2016).
  20.  T. Ibuchi and T. Funaki, “A study on parasitic inductance reduction design in GaN-based power converter for high-frequency switching operation”, 2017 International Symposium on Electromagnetic Compatibility – EMC EUROPE, Angers, 2017, pp. 1‒5, doi: 10.1109/ EMCEurope.2017.8094824.
  21.  B. Sun, Z. Zhang, and M.A.E. Andersen, “Research of low inductance loop design in GaN HEMT application”, IECON 2018 – 44th Annual Conference of the IEEE Industrial Electronics Society, Washington, USA, 2018, pp. 1466‒1470, doi: 10.1109/IECON.2018.8591732.
  22.  Transphorm Inc., “TPH3205WSB 650 V GaN FET in TO-247 (source tab)”, 2017, [Online]. Available: https://www.transphormchina. com/en/document/650v-cascode-gan-fet-tph3205w/
Go to article

Authors and Affiliations

Q.Y. Tan
1
E.M.S. Narayanan
1
  1. Department of Electronic and Electrical Engineering, The University of Sheffield, S1 3JD, UK
21 Ultra-fast hybrid systems for protecting direct current circuits with high magnetic energy
Marek Bartosik , Piotr Borkowski , Franciszek Wójcik
Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences | 2021 | 69 | 2 | e136743 | DOI: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136743
Keywords: DC direct current superconducting coils quench electromagnets protection DC switches ultra-fast switches hybrid switches vacuum switches DC electric traction
Download PDF Download RIS Download Bibtex

Abstract

The article presents a new generation of ultra-fast hybrid switching systems (USH) for reliable, ultra-fast protection of various medium and low voltage DC systems (MVDC and LVDC). The DC switch-off takes place in a vacuum chamber (VC) cooperating with a semiconductor module using current commutation of natural or forced type. Against the background of the current state of science and technology, the paper depicts the basic scopes of USH applications and their particular suitability for operation in high magnetic energy DC circuits. In the case of DC system failures, this magnetic energy should be dissipated outside the system as soon as possible. Usually, magnetic blow-out switches (MBOS) with relatively low operating speed are used for this purpose. The article describes the theoretical basis and principles of construction of two types of novel USH systems: a direct current switching system (DCSS) and a direct current ultra-fast hybrid modular switch (DCU-HM). The DCSS family is designed for quench protection of superconducting electromagnets’ coils in all areas of application. The DCU-HM family is designed for the protection of all systems or vehicles of DC electrical traction and for related industrial applications. The conducted comparative analysis of the effectiveness of USH with respect to MBOS shows clear technical advantages of the new generation switching systems over MBOS. List of abbreviations used in the article is provided at the end.
Go to article

Bibliography

  1.  A.N. Greenwood, P. Barkan, and W.C. Kracht, “HVDC vacuum circuit breakers”, IEEE Trans. Power App. Syst. PAS-91(4), 1575‒1588 (1972).
  2.  C.W. Kimblin et al., “Development of a current limiter using vacuum arc commutation”, EPRI EL-393 Research Proj. 564‒1, USA, 1977.
  3.  T. Senda, T. Tamagawa, K. Higuchi, T. Horiuchi, and S. Yanabu, “Development of HVDC circuit breaker based on hybrid interruption scheme”, IEEE Trans. Power App. Syst. PAS-103(3), 545–552 (1984).
  4.  M. Bartosik, “Progress in DC breaking”, Proc. 8th Int. Conf. Switching Arc Phenomena SAP 1997, part 2, Lodz, Poland, 1997, pp. 29–41.
  5.  M. Bartosik, R. Lasota, and F.Wójcik, “New generation of D.C. circuit breakers”, Proc. 3rd Int. Conf. on Electrical Contacts, Arcs, Apparatus and Appl. (IC-ECAAA), Xian, China, 1997, pp. 349–353.
  6.  A. Daibo, Y. Niwa, N. Asari, W. Sakaguchi, K. Takimoto, K. Ka-naya, and T. Ishiguro, “High-speed current interruption performance of hybrid DCCB for HVDC transmission system”, IEEE J. Ind. Appl. 8(5), 835–842 (2019).
  7.  N. Xia, J. Zou, D. Liang, Y. Gao, Z. Huang, and Y. Wang, “Investigations on the safe stroke of mechanical HVDC vacuum circuit breaker”, J. Eng. (IET) 16, 3022–3025 (2019).
  8.  R. Rodrigues, Y. Du, A. Antoniazzi, and P. Cairoli, “A Review of Solid-State Circuit Breakers”, IEEE Trans. Power Electron. 36(1), 364‒377, (2021).
  9.  M. Wilson, “Superconducting Magnets for Accelerators”, CAS, 2006. [Online]. Available: https://cas.web.cern.ch/sites/cas.web.cern.ch/ files/lectures/zakopane-2006/wilson-lect.pdf
  10.  F. Wójcik, “Ultra-fast shutdown of DC power circuits”, Sc. Bull. 1071, TUL, Sc. Papers 396. Habilitation thesis. Lodz, Poland, 2010, [in Polish].
  11.  PN-EN 50123-1. Railway applications. Fixed installations. DC switchgear. General requirements. (PL/EU standard).
  12.  M. Bartosik, R. Lasota, and F. Wójcik, “Direct current-limiting vacuum circuit breaker”, Proc. 12th Symp. “Electrical Phenomena in Vacuum” ZEP-91, Sc. Fasc. Elektryka 39, Tech. Univ. of Poznan, Poland, 1991, pp. 21–24.
  13.  M. Bartosik, R. Lasota, and F. Wójcik, “Arcless D.C. hybrid circuit breaker”, Proc. 8th Int. Conf. Switching Arc Phenomena SAP-97, Lodz, Poland, 1997, pp. 115–119.
  14.  M. Bartosik, R. Lasota, and F. Wójcik, “New type of DC vacuum circuit-breakers for locomotives”, Proc. 9th Int. Conf. Switching Arc Phenomena SAP-2000(1), Conf. Mat. Lodz, Poland, 2001, pp. 49–53.
  15.  M. Bartosik, R. Lasota, and F. Wójcik, “Ultra-High-Speed D.C. Hybrid Circuit-Breakers of DCNT Type for Substations of Urban and Mine Traction”, Proc. of the 10th Int. Conf. Switching Arc Phenomena, Lodz, Poland, 2005, pp. 360–364.
  16.  M. Bartosik, P. Borkowski, E. Raj, and F. Wójcik, “The New Family of Low-Voltage, Hyper-Speed Arcless, Hybrid, DC Circuit Breakers for Urban Traction Vehicles and Related Industrial Applications”, IEEE Trans. Power Del. 34(1), 251–259 (2019).
  17.  Ch. Peng, A. Huang, I. Husain, B. Lequesne, and R. Briggs, “Drive circuits for ultra-fast and reliable actuation of Thomson coil actuators used in hybrid AC and DC circuit breakers”, IEEE Appl. Power Electronics Conf. and Exp. (APEC), 2016, pp. 2927–2934.
  18.  K. Krasuski, P. Berowski, A. Dzierżyński, A. Hejduk, S. Kozak, and H. Sibilski, “Analysis of arc in a vacuum chamber with an AMF”, Proc. Electrotech. Inst. 269, 91–99 (2015).
  19.  P.G. Slade, The Vacuum Interrupter Theory, Design and Application, CRC Press, 2007.
  20.  “Vacuum interrupters”, Eaton Holec Cath. No. 3.9.1.
  21.  T. Maciołek, M. Lewandowski, A. Szeląg, and M. Steczek, “Influence of contact gaps on the conditions of vehicles supply and wear and tear of catenary wires in a 3 kV DC traction system”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 68(4), 759–768 (2020).
  22. [22]  The applicable standards: PN-EN 50121-3-2, PN-EN 50123-1,PN-EN 50123-2, PN EN 50123-5, PN-EN 50124-1, PN-EN 50153, PN-EN 50155, PN-EN 50163, PN-EN 60068-1 (also: 60068-2-1, 60068-2-2, 60068-2-52), PN-EN 60077-1 (also: 60077-2), PN-EN 60077-3, PN- EN 60529, UIC Charter 550/1997.
  23.  M. Bartosik, P. Borkowski, and F. Wójcik, “Ultra-fast hybrid, vacuum-semiconductor switch to reduce the effects of quench in DC-powered superconducting induction circuits with high magnetic energies”, Polish Patent Office, P.429439, (DCSS), granted (2021).
  24.  M. Bartosik, P. Borkowski, A. Jeske, Ł. Nowak, and F. Wójcik, “Ultra-fast DC hybrid circuit breaker designed especially for railway traction”, Polish Patent Office, P.429285, (DCU-HM), granted (2021).
  25.  Ł. Kolimas, S. Łapczynski, M. Szulborski, and M. Świetlik, “Low voltage modular circuit breakers: FEM employment for modelling of arc chambers”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 68(1), 61–70 (2020).
Go to article

Authors and Affiliations

Marek Bartosik
1
Piotr Borkowski
1
ORCID: ORCID
Franciszek Wójcik
1
  1. Lodz University of Technology, Department of Electrical Apparatus (DEA TUL), 116 Zeromskiego Street, 90-924 Lodz, Poland
22 Multivoltaic GaSe>SmCl3> clathrate as new hybrid functional nanostructure
Fedir Ivashchyshyn , Anna Pidluzhna , Dariusz Calus , Orest Hryhorchak , Piotr Chabecki , Oleksandr Makarchuk
Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences | 2021 | 69 | 2 | e136726 | DOI: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136726
Keywords: impedance analysis GaSe multiferroic thermogalvanic effect negative capacity
Download PDF Download RIS Download Bibtex

Abstract

The electrical properties and behaviour in constant magnetic field of fourfold expanded GaSe matrix intercalated with SmCl 3 guest were investigated by means of impedance spectroscopy and cyclic voltammetry. It was determined that the synthesized GaSe< SmCl 3> clathrate of 4-fold expansion demonstrates the coexistence of mechanisms of generation, transformation and accumulation of electric energy on a quantum level. These mechanisms are driven from external sources of magnetic, thermal and electric field without Faradaic reactions. Therefore, investigated GaSe< SmCl 3> structure is of great attraction in multivoltaics as a prototype of new class of materials. Quantum mechanical model of electro motive force of spin nature is proposed. The main focus of work lies in the prospects of synthesized clathrates for the development of power nanosources and gyrator-free delay nanolines controlled by means of magnetic field.
Go to article

Bibliography

  1.  M.J. Fiebig, “Revival of the magnetoelectric effect”, Phys. D Appl. Phys. 38, R123-R152 (2005).
  2.  D.I. Khomskii, “Multiferroics: Different ways to combine magnetism and ferroelectricity”, J. Magn. Magn. Mater. 306, 1‒8 (2006).
  3.  W. Eerenstein, N.D. Mathur, and J.F. Scott, “Multiferroic and magnetoelectric materials”, Nature. 442, 759‒765 (2006).
  4.  Y. Tokura, “Materials science. Multiferroics as quantum electromagnets”, Science 312(5779), 1481‒1482 (2006).
  5.  R. Ramesh and N.A. Spaldin, “Multiferroics: progress and prospects in thin films”, Nature Mater. 6(1), 21‒29 (2007).
  6.  S. Cheong and M. Mostovoy, “Multiferroics: a magnetic twist for ferroelectricity”, Nature Mater. 6(1) 13‒20 (2007).
  7.  A.P. Pyatakov and A.K Zvezdin, “Magnetoelectric and multiferroic media”, Phys.-Usp. 55(6), 557‒581 (2012).
  8.  A.W. Hübler and O. Onyeama, “Digital quantum batteries: Energy and information storage in nanovacuum tube arrays”, Wiley Periodicals Inc. Complexity. 15(5), 48‒5 (2010).
  9.  A. Ilyanok, “Quantum Supercapacitor”, US Patent No. 7,193,261 B26, Mar. 20, 2007.
  10.  N.H. Pham, O. Shinobu, T. Masaaki, E. Barnes Stewart, and M. Sadamichi, “Electromotive force and huge magnetoresistance in magnetic tunnel junctions”, Nature 458, 489‒493 (2009).
  11.  S. Datta, “Proposal for a “spin capacitor”, Appl. Phys. Lett. 87(1), 013115(1‒3) (2005).
  12.  T. Popławski, I. Bordun, and A. Pidluzhna, “Thermo-, magneto- and photo- dependent electrical properties of hierarchical InSe<β-CD<FeSO4>> supramolecular compound”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 68(43), 361‒366 (2020).
  13.  Y. Wu, H.-R. Fuh, D. Zhang, C.Ó. Coileáin, H. Xu, J. Cho, and H.-C. Wu, “Simultaneous large continuous band gap tunability and photoluminescence enhancement in GaSe nanosheets via elastic strain engineering”, Nano Energy 32, 157‒164 (2017).
  14.  R.M.A. Lies, “III–VI Compounds”, in Preparation and crystal growth material with layered structure, pp 225‒254, ed. R.M.A. Lies, D. Retdel, Publishing Company, Dordrecht-Boston, 1977.
  15.  R.H. Friend and A.D. Yoffe, “Electronic properties of intercalation complexes of the transition metal dichalcogenides”, Adv. Phys. 36(1), 1‒94 (1987).
  16.  I. Grygorchak, F. Ivashchyshyn, P. Stakhira, R.R. Reghu, V. Cherpak, and J.V. Grazulevicius, “Intercalated Nanostructure Consisting of Inorganic Receptor and Organic Ambipolar Semiconductor”, J. Nanoelectron. Optoelectron. 8, 292‒296 (2013).
  17.  T.M. Bishchaniuk, et al., “Electronic Processes and Energy Storage in Inorganic/Organic Nanohybrids”, Mol. Cryst. Liq. Cryst. 589, 132‒140 (2014).
  18.  Z. Stoinov, B. Grafov, B. Savvova-Stoinova, and V. Yelkin, Electrochemical Impedance, Nauka, Moskow, 1991, [In Russian].
  19.  Impedance spectroscopy. Theory, experiment and application, eds. E. Barsoukov and J.R. Macdonald, Wiley Interscience, Hoboken, New Jersey, 2005.
  20.  J. Bisquert, H. Randriamahazaka, and G. Garcia-Belmonte, “Inductive behaviour by charge-transfer and relaxation in solid-state electrochemistry”, Electrochimica Acta 51, 627‒640 (2005).
  21.  I. Mora-Seró, et al., “Implications of the Negative Capacitance Observed at Forward Bias in Nanocomposite and Polycrystalline Solar Cells”, Nano Letters. 6(4), 640‒650 (2006).
  22.  I.I. Grygorchak, F.O. Ivashchyshyn, M.V. Tokarchuk, N.T. Pokladok, and O.V. Viznovych, “Modification of properties of GaSe  <β-cyclodexterin<FeSO4>> clathrat by synthesis in superposed electric and light-wave fields”, J. Appl. Phys. 121, 185501 (1‒7) (2017).
  23.  S. Luryi, “Quantum capacitance devices”, Appl. Phys. Lett. 52, 501‒503 (1988)
  24.  V.V. Kaminskii and S.M. Solov’ev, “Emf induced by a change in the samarium ion valence as a result of a phase transition in SmS single crystals”, Phys. Solid State 43, 439‒442 (2001).
  25.  V.V. Kaminskii and M.M. Kazanin, “Thermovoltaic effect in thin-film samarium-sulfide-based structures”, Tech. Phys. Lett. 34, 361‒362 (2008).
  26.  I.A. Pronin, B.V. Donkova, D.T. Dimitrov, I.A. Averin, J.A. Pencheva, and V.A. Moshnikov, “Relationship between the photocatalytic and photoluminescence properties of zinc oxide doped with copper and manganese”, Semiconductors 48, 842‒847 (2014).
  27.  L.K. Krasteva, et al., “Synthesis and characterization of nanostructured zinc oxide layers for sensor applications”, Semiconductors 47, 586‒591 (2013).
  28.  V.V. Kaminskii, L.N. Vasil’ev, M.V. Romanova, and S.M. Solov’ev, “The mechanism of the appearance of an electromotive force on heating of SmS single crystals”, Phys. Solid State 43, 1030‒1032 (2001).
Go to article

Authors and Affiliations

Fedir Ivashchyshyn
1 2
ORCID: ORCID
Anna Pidluzhna
2
ORCID: ORCID
Dariusz Calus
1
ORCID: ORCID
Orest Hryhorchak
3
ORCID: ORCID
Piotr Chabecki
1
ORCID: ORCID
Oleksandr Makarchuk
1 2
ORCID: ORCID
  1. Czestochowa University of Technology, Al. Armii Krajowej 17, 42-200 Czestochowa, Poland
  2. Lviv Polytechnic National University, Bandera 12, Lviv, 79013, Ukraine
  3. Ivan Franko Lviv National University, Cyril and Methodius 8, Lviv, 79005, Ukraine
23 Corrosion protection of 316L stainless steel by (PVDF/HA) composite coating using a spinning coating technique
Asra Ali Hussein , Nawal Mohammed Dawood , Ammar Emad Al-kawaz
Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences | 2021 | 69 | 2 | e136810 | DOI: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136810
Keywords: 316L SS polyvinylidene fluoride hydroxyapatite Hank’s solution corrosion resistance
Download PDF Download RIS Download Bibtex

Abstract

Polymer coatings are increasingly used in varied fields and applications from simple coatings of barrier to intricated nanotechnology based composite. In the present study, polyvinylidene fluoride(PVDF)/Hydroxyapatite (HA )coatings were produced by spin coating technique over 316L SS. Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) and Atomic Force Microscopy (AFM) were used to observe the coated 316L SS substrates surface morphology. The corrosion protection efficiency of pure polyvinylidene fluoride and polyvinylidene fluoride/HA nanocomposite coatings on 316L SS was inspected using potentiodynamic polarization along with the ions release techniques in Hank’s solution. A superior biocompatibility and an improved protection performance against corrosion were obtained for the 316L SS samples with nanocomposite coatings compared with the pure polyvinylidene fluoride coatings and pristine 316L SS counterparts. The 316L SS samples coated by PVDF/HA nanocomposite showed enhanced corrosion protection within Hank’s solution. The corrosion of 316L SS samples within Hank’s solution increased from 92.99% to 99.99% when using 3wt% HA due to increasing the PVDF inhibition efficiency. Good agreements in the electrochemical corrosion parameters were obtained from using ions release and potentiodynamic polarization tests.
Go to article

Bibliography

  1.  H. Hermawan, D. Ramdan, and J.R.P. Djuansjah, Metals for Biomedical Applications, ch. 17, Faculty of Biomedical Engineering and Health Science, University Teknologi Malaysia, 2011.
  2.  Y. Okazaki, E. Gotoh, T. Manabe, and K. Kobayashi, “Comparison of metal concentrations in rat tibia tissues with various metallic implants”, Biomaterials 25, 5913–5920 (2004), doi: 10.1016/j.biomaterials.2004.01.064.
  3.  T. Tański, W. Matysiak, D. Kosmalska, and A. Lubos, “Influence of calcination temperature on optical and structural properties of TiO2 thin films prepared by means of sol-gel and spin coating”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 66(2), 151‒156 (2018).
  4.  J.R. Smith and D.A. Lamprou, “Polymer coatings for biomedical applications: a review”, Trans. IMF 92(1), 9‒19 (2014).
  5.  M. Srimathi, R. Rajalakshmi, and S. Subhashini, “Polyvinyl alcohol–sulphanilic acid water soluble composite as corrosion inhibitor for mild steel in hydrochloric acid medium”, Arab. J. Chem. 7(5), 525‒855 (2014).
  6.  B.P. Singh, B.K. Jena, S. Bhattacharjee, and L. Besra, “Development of oxidation and corrosion resistance hydrophobic graphene oxide- polymer composite coating on copper”, Surf. Coat. Technol. 232(15), 475‒481 (2013).
  7.  S. Rajendran, S.P. Sridevi, N. Anthony, A.A. John, and M. Sundearavadivelu, “Corrosion behaviour of carbon steel in polyvinyl alcohol”, Anti-Corros. Methods Mater. 52, 102‒107 (2005).
  8.  A.H. Asra and H.S. Ohood, “Preparation and Facilitation Of Antibactirial Activity, Hydrophilicity Of Piezo–PVDF/n-MgO Film By Electro-Spinning and Spin Coated For Wound Dressing: A Comparative Study”, J. Mech. Eng. Res. Develop. (JMERD) 42(4), 23‒31 (2019).
  9.  N. Maqsood, A. Khan, M.K. Alamgir, S.A. Shah, and M.Fahad, “PTFE Thin Film Coating on 316L Stainless Steel for Corrosion Protection in Acidic Environment”, J. Eng. Appl. Sci. 36(1), 183‒190 (2017).
  10.  J. Blitstein and D. Kathrein, “Corrosion-Resistant coating Composition Containing Hollow Microballoons”, US Patent US4374874A, Dec. 22, 1981
  11.  S. Vidhate, A. Shaito, J. Chung, and N.A. D’Souza, “Crystallization, mechanical, and rheological behavior of polyvinylidene fluoride/ carbon nanofiber composites”, J. Appl. Polym. Sci. 112, 254–260 (2009).
  12.  J. Ma, J. Zhao, Z. Ren, and L. Li, “Preparation and characterization of PVDF-PFSA flat sheet ultrafiltration membranes”, Front. Chem. Sci. Eng. 6, 301–310 (2012).
  13.  S. Liang, Y. Kang, A. Tiraferri, E.P. Giannelis, X. Huang, and M. Elimelech, “Highly hydrophilic polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) ultrafiltration membranes via postfabrication grafting of surface-tailored silica nanoparticles”, ACS Appl. Mater. Interfaces 5, 6694‒6703 (2013).
  14.  V.F. Cardoso, D.M. Correia, and C. Ribeiro, “Review: Fluorinated Polymers as Smart Materials for Advanced Biomedical Applications”, Polymers 10, 161 (2018) doi: 10.3390/polym10020161
  15.  C.T. Kwok, P.K. Wong, F.T. Cheng, and H.C. Man, “Characterization and corrosion behaviour of hydroxyapatite coating on Ti6Al4V fabricated by electrophoretic deposition”, Appl. Surf. Sci. 7, 6736–6744 (2009).
  16.  J. Zhu, X. Chen, J. Wang, and W. Chen, “Hydroxyapatite/β-tricalcium phosphate composite for guiding bone tissue growth into a titanium tube in 8 mm dog tibia cavity defects”, J. Wuhan Univ. Technol.-Mater. Sci. Ed. 31, 468–473 (2016).
  17.  R. Raja, S. Jannet, and M.A. Thampy, “Synthesis and characterization of AA5083 and AA2024 reinforced with SiO2 particles”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 66(2), 127‒132 (2018).
  18.  N.M. Dawood, “Preparation And Characterization of Bio Nitinol With Addition of Copper”, Ph. D. thesis, Materials Engineering Department, University Of Technology, Iraq, 2014.
  19.  F. Gebhardt, S. Seuss, M.C. Turhan, H. Hornberger, S. Virtanen, and A.R. Boccaccini, “Characterization of electrophoretic chitosan coatings on stainless steel”, Mater. Lett. 66, 302–304 (2012).
  20.  E. Husain, A. Abdel Nazeer, J. Alsarraf, K. Al-Awadi, M. Murad, and A. Al-Naqi, A. Shekeban,Corrosion behavior of AISI 316 stainless steel coated with modified fluoropolymer in marine condition, J. Coat. Technol. Res. 302–304 (2018).
  21.  L. Sun and C.C. Berndt, “Characterization and Mechanical Properties of Flame Sprayed Hydroxyapatitel Polymer Composite Coatings”, in Thermal Spray 2001: New Surfaces for a New Millennium, Eds. C.C. Berndt, K.A. Khor, and EX Lugscheider, ASM International, Materials Park, Ohio, USA, 2001.
  22.  A.K. Rajih, N.M. Dawood, and F. Rasheed, “Corrosion Protection of 316 L Stainless Steel by HA Coating Via Pulsed Laser Deposition Technique”, J. Eng. Appl. Sci. 13(24), 10221‒10231 (2018).
  23.  H.-F. Guo, Z.-S. Li, S.-W. Dong, W.-J. Chen, L. Deng, Y.-F. Wang, and D-J. Ying, “Piezoelectric PU/PVDF electrospun scaffolds for wound healing applications”, Colloid Surf. B-Biointerfaces 96, 29–36 (2012).
Go to article

Authors and Affiliations

Asra Ali Hussein
1
Nawal Mohammed Dawood
2
Ammar Emad Al-kawaz
1
  1. College of Materials Engineering, Polymer and Petrochemical Industries Department, Babylon University, Iraq
  2. College of Materials Engineering, Metallurgical Engineering department, Babylon University, Iraq
24 Influence of mechanical alloying process on structural, mechanical and tribological behaviours of CNT reinforced aluminium composites – a statistical analysis
P. Manikandan , A. Elayaperumal , R. Franklin Issac
Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences | 2021 | 69 | 2 | e136745 | DOI: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136745
Keywords: powder metallurgy composites morphology optimization wear
Download PDF Download RIS Download Bibtex

Abstract

The mechanical and tribological properties of the Al/CNT composites could be controlled and improved by the method of its fabrication process. This research article deals with the optimization of mechanical and tribological properties of Al/CNT composites, which are fabricated using the mechanical alloying process with the different weight percentage of multi-walled CNT reinforcement. The phase change and the presence of CNT are identified using the X-Ray Diffraction (XRD) analysis. The influence of mechanical alloying process and the multi-walled CNT reinforcement on the mechanical, and tribological behaviours of the Al/CNT composites are studied. The optimal mechanical alloying process parameters and the weight percentage of multi-walled CNT reinforcement for the Al/CNT composite are identified using the Response Surface Methodology (RSM), which exhibits the better hardness, compressive strength, wear rate and Coefficient of Friction (CoF). The Al/CNT composite with 1.1 wt.% of CNT has achieved the optimal responses at the milling speed 301 rpm and milling time 492 minutes with the ball to powder weight ratio 9.7:1, which is 98% equal to the experimental result. This research also reveals that the adhesive wear is the dominant wear mechanism for the Al/CNT composite against EN31 stainless steel but the optimal Al/CNT composite with 1.1 wt.% of multi-walled CNT has experienced a mild abrasive wear.
Go to article

Bibliography

  1. M.S. Prabhu, A.E. Perumal, S. Arulvel, and R.F. Issac, “Friction and wear measurements of friction stir processed aluminium alloy 6082/CaCO3 composite”, Measurement 142, 10–20 (2019).
  2. Martinez, I. Guillot, and D. Massinon, “New heat treatment to improve the mechanical properties of low copper aluminum primary foundry alloy”, Mater. Sci. Eng. A 755, 158–165 (2019).
  3. Afkham, R.A. Khosroshahi, S. Rahimpour, C. Aavani, Brabazon, and R.T. Mousavian, “Enhanced mechanical properties of in situ aluminium matrix composites reinforced by alumina nanoparticles”, Arch. Civ. Mech. Eng. 18(1), 215–226 (2018).
  4. Li, J. Zhou, Y. Sun, A. Feng, X. Meng, S. Huang, and Y. Sun, “Study on mechanical properties and microstructure of 2024T351 aluminum alloy treated by cryogenic laser peening”, Optics Laser Tech. 120, 105670 (2019).
  5. Baradeswaran, A. Elayaperumal, and R.F. Issac, “A statistical analysis of optimization of wear behaviour of Al-Al2O3 composites using Taguchi technique”, Procedia Eng. 64, 973–982 (2013).
  6. Sochacka, A. Miklaszewski, and M. Jurczyk, “Development of β-type Ti-x at.% Mo alloys by mechanical alloying and powder metallurgy: Phase evolution and mechanical properties (10 ≤ x ≤ 35)”, J. Alloy. Compd. 776, 370–378 (2019).
  7. Sankaranarayanan, A.N. Balaji, K. Velmanirajan, and K. Gangatharan, “Mechanical and wear behaviour of the Al-Mg-nano ZrC composite obtained by means of the powder metallurgy method”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 66(5), 729–735 (2018).
  8. Canakci, F. Erdemir, T. Varol, and A. Patir, “Determining the effect of process parameters on particle size in mechanical milling using the Taguchi method: measurement and analysis”, Measurement 46(9), 3532–3540 (2013).
  9. B.L. Tomiczek, A. Dobrzan´ski, and M. Macek, “Effect of milling time on microstructure and properties of AA6061/ MWCNTS composite powders”, Arch. Metal. Mater. 60, 1 (2015).
  10. J.B. Fogagnolo, F. Velasco, M.H. Robert, and J.M. Torralba, “Effect of mechanical alloying on the morphology, microstructure and properties of aluminium matrix composite powders”, Mater. Sci. Eng. A 342(1-2), 131–143 (2003).
  11. M.A. Awotunde, A.O. Adegbenjo, B.A. Obadele, M. Okoro, B.M. Shongwe, and P.A. Olubambi, “Influence of sintering methods on the mechanical properties of aluminium nanocomposites reinforced with carbonaceous compounds: A review”, J. Mater. Res. Tech. 8(2), 2432–2449 (2019).
  12. B.P. Kumar and A.K. Birru, “Microstructure and mechanical properties of aluminium metal matrix composites with addition of bamboo leaf ash by stir casting method”, Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China 27(12), 2555–2572 (2017).
  13. Sikder, S. Sarkar, K.G. Biswas, S. Das, S. Basu, and P.K. Das, “Improved densification and mechanical properties of spark plasma sintered carbon nanotube reinforced alumina ceramics”, Mater. Chem. Phys. 170, 99–107 (2016).
  14. Ferreira, P. Egizabal, V. Popov, M.G. de Cortázar, Irazustabarrena, A.M. López-Sabirón, and G. Ferreira, “Lightweight automotive components based on nanodiamondreinforced aluminium alloy: A technical and environmental evaluation”, Diam. Relat. Mat. 92, 174–186 (2019).
  15. Manikandan, R. Sieh, A. Elayaperumal, H.R. Le, and S. Basu, “Micro/nanostructure and tribological characteristics of pressureless sintered carbon nanotubes reinforced aluminium matrix composites”, J. Nanomater. 2016, 9843019 (2016).
  16. Varo, and A. Canakci, “Effect of the CNT content on microstructure, physical and mechanical properties of Cu-based electrical contact materials produced by flake powder metallurgy”, Arab. J. Sci. Eng. 40(9), 2711–2720 (2015).
  17. N.A. Bunakov, D.V. Kozlov, V.N. Golovanov, E.S. Klimov, E.E. Grebchuk, M.S. Efimov, and B.B. Kostishko, “Fabrication of multi-walled carbon nanotubes–aluminum matrix composite by powder metallurgy technique”, Results Phys. 6, 231–232 (2016).
  18. V.A. Popov, E.V. Shelekhov, A.S. Prosviryakov, M.Y. Presniakov, B.R. Senatulin, A.D. Kotov, and I.I. Khodos, “Application of nanodiamonds for in situ synthesis of TiC reinforcing nanoparticles inside aluminium matrix during mechanical alloying”, Diam. Relat. Mat., 75, 6–11 (2017).
  19. Khajelakzay, and S.R. Bakhshi, “Optimization of spark plasma sintering parameters of Si3N4-SiC composite using response surface methodology (RSM)”, Ceram. Int., 43(9), 6815 (2017).
  20. K.K. Ekka, and S.R. Chauhan, “Dry sliding wear characteristics of SiC and Al2O3 nanoparticulate aluminium matrix composite using Taguchi technique”, Arab. J. Sci. Eng. 40(2), 571 (2015).
  21. Saravanan, A.E. Perumal, R.F. Issac, S.C. Vettivel, and A. Devaraju, “Optimization of wear parameters and their relative effects on TiN coated surface against Ti6Al4V alloy”, Mater. Des. 92, 23–35 (2016).
  22. M.M. Bastwros, A.M. Esawi, and A. Wifi, “Friction and wear behavior of Al–CNT composites”, Wear 307(1-2), 164–173 (2013).
  23. Abdullahi, M.A. Maleque, and U. Nirmal, “Wear mechanisms map of CNT-Al nano-composite”, Proc. Eng. 68, 736–742 (2013).
  24. A.M.K. Esawi, K. Morsi, A. Sayed, M. Taher, and S. Lanka, “Effect of carbon nanotube (CNT) content on the mechanical properties of CNT- reinforced aluminium composites”, Compos. Sci. Technol., 70(16), 2237–2241 (2010).
  25. F. Deng, D.Z. Wang, X.X. Zhang, and A.B. Li, “Processing and properties of carbon nanotubes reinforced aluminum composites”, Mater. Sci. Eng. A 444(1-2), 138 (2007).
  26. P.R. Soni, Mechanical alloying: fundamentals and applications, Cambridge Int. Science Publishing, 2000.
  27. Shi, Z. Ni, Y. Lu, L. Zhao, J. Zou, and Q. Guo, “Interfacial properties and their impact on the tensile behavior of nanolaminated single-walled carbon nanotube-aluminum composite”, Materialia 12, 100797 (2020).
  28. Nie, H. Wang, and J. He, “Evaluation of the effect of adding carbon nanotubes on the effective mechanical properties of ceramic particulate aluminum matrix composites”, Mech. Mater. 142, 103276 (2020).
  29. Z.Y. Liu, K. Zhao, B.L. Xiao, W.G. Wang, and Z.Y. Ma, “Fabrication of CNT/Al composites with low damage to CNTs by a novel solution- assisted wet mixing combined with powder metallurgy processing”, Mater. Des. 97, 424–430 (2016).
  30. Hu, F. Chen, J. Xu, Q. Nian, D. Lin, C. Chen, and M. Zhang, “3D printing graphene-aluminum nanocomposites”, J. Alloy. Compd. 746, 269–276 (2018).
  31. E.A. Belenkov, and F.K. Shabiev, “Scroll structure of carbon nanotubes obtained by the hydrothermal synthesis”, Lett. Mater. 5(4), 459–462 (2015).
  32. Baradeswaran, S.C. Vettivel, A.E. Perumal, N. Selvakumar, and R.F. Issac, “Experimental investigation on mechanical behaviour, modelling and optimization of wear parameters of B4C and graphite reinforced aluminium hybrid composites”, Mater. Des. 63, 620–632 (2014).
  33. Kim, K. Park, K. Kim, T. Miyazaki, S. Joo, S. Hong, and H. Kwon, “Carbon nanotubes-reinforced aluminum alloy functionally graded materials fabricated by powder extrusion process”, Mater. Sci. Eng. A 745, 379–389 (2019).
  34. C.R. Bradbury, J.K. Gomon, L. Kollo, H. Kwon, and M. Leparoux, “Hardness of multi wall carbon nanotubes reinforced aluminium matrix composites”, J. Alloy. Compd. 585, 362–367 (2014).
  35. Shi, L. Zhao, Z. Li, Z. Li, D.B. Xiong, Y. Su, and Q. Guo, “Strengthening and deformation mechanisms in nanolaminated single-walled carbon nanotube-aluminum composites”, Mater. Sci. Eng. A 764, 138273 (2019).
  36. H.J. Choi, S.M. Lee, and D. Bae, “Wear characteristic of aluminum-based composites containing multi-walled carbon nanotubes”, Wear 270(1- 2), 12–18 (2010).
  37. M.A. Xavior, H.P. Kumar, and K.A. Kumar, “Tribological studies on AA 2024–Graphene/CNT Nanocomposites processed through Powder Metallurgy”, Mater. Today Proc. 5(2), 6588– 6596 (2018).
  38. M.R. Akbarpour, S. Alipour, and M. Najafi, “Tribological characteristics of self-lubricating nanostructured aluminum reinforced with multi-wall CNTs processed by flake powder metallurgy and hot pressing method”, Diam. Relat. Mat., 90, 93–100 (2018).
  39. Q.M. Gong, Z. Li, Z. Zhang, B. Wu, X. Zhou, Q.Z. Huang, and J. Liang, “Tribological properties of carbon nanotubedoped carbon/carbon composites”, Tribol. Int. 39(9), 937–944 (2006).
  40. W.S. Im, Y.S. Cho, G.S. Choi, F.C. Yu, and D.J. Kim, “Stepped carbon nanotubes synthesized in anodic aluminum oxide templates”, Diam. Relat. Mat., 13(4-8), 1214–1217 (2004).
Go to article

Authors and Affiliations

P. Manikandan
1
A. Elayaperumal
1
R. Franklin Issac
1
ORCID: ORCID
  1. Department of Mechanical Engineering, College of Engineering Guindy, Anna University, Chennai – 600025, Tamil Nadu, India
25 Effect of TiO₂ on the microstructure and phase composition of Al₂O₃ and Al₂O₃–TiO₂ APS sprayed coatings
Monika Michalak , Leszek Łatka , Paweł Sokołowski , Rolando T. Candidato Jr. , Andrzej Ambroziak
Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences | 2021 | 69 | 2 | e136735 | DOI: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136735
Keywords: coating atmospheric plasma spraying Al₂O₃ TiO₂
Download PDF Download RIS Download Bibtex

Abstract

Plasma sprayed ceramic coatings serve as protective layers and are frequently exposed to aggressive wear, corrosion, or high-temperature environment. Currently, alumina and alumina-titania are some of the most popular protective ceramic composite coatings used in the industry. The present work deals with the investigation of the influence of TiO₂ content in the feedstock powder on the resulting microstructure and properties of Al₂O₃, Al₂O₃ + 3 wt% TiO₂, Al₂O₃ + 13 wt% TiO₂ and Al₂O₃ + 40 wt% TiO₂ coatings developed via atmospheric plasma spraying (APS). Specifically, the phase composition, morphology, and microstructure, as well as the mechanical and tribological performance of the coatings were examined. Results revealed that higher content of TiO₂ induced the transformation of phases, leading to the formation of intermediary Al₂TiO₅ and Al₂- xTi₁- xO₅ phases. Also, the dominant α–Al₂O₃ to γ–Al₂O₃ transformation confirmed the formulation of well-melted lamellas within the coating structure. It was also shown that the increase in TiO₂ content decreased the micro-hardness of the coatings due to the formation of the intermediary phases as mentioned above and thus, affected their tribological performance. The lowest volumetric wear, equal to 7.2×10⁻⁵ mm³/(N ∙ m), was reported for Al₂O₃ + 13 wt% TiO₂ coating.
Go to article

Bibliography

  1.  A. Richter, L.-M. Berger, S. Conze, Y.J. Sohn, and R. Vassen, “Emergence and impact of Al2TiO5 in Al2O3–TiO2 APS coatings”, IOP Conf. Series: Mater. Sci. Eng. 480, 012007 (2019).
  2.  L. Pawłowski, The Science and Engineering of Thermal Spray Coatings, 2nd ed., Wiley, Chichester, 2008.
  3.  S. Islak et al., “Effect on microstructure of TiO2 rate in Al2O3–TiO2 composite coating produced using plasma spray method”, Optoelectron. Adv. Mat. (9–10), 844–849 (2013).
  4.  J. Zimmerman, Z. Lindemann, D. Golan´ski, T. Chmielewski, and Włosiński, “Modeling residual stresses generated in Ti coatings thermally sprayed on Al2O3 substrates”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 61(2), 515–525 (2013)
  5.  K. Kudła and J. Iwaszko, “Surface modification of ZrO2-10 wt.% CaO plasma sprayed coating”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 64(4), 937–942 (2016).
  6.  D. Franco, H. Ageorges, E. Lopez, and F. Vargas, “Tribological performance at high temperatures of alumina coatings applied by plasma spraying process onto a refractory material”, Surf. Coat. Technol. 371, 276–286 (2019).
  7.  S. Mehar, S. Sapate, N. Vashishtha, and P. Bagde, “Effect of Y2O3 addition on tribological properties of plasma sprayed Al2O3–13% TiO2 coating”, Ceram. Int. 46, 1179911810 (2020).
  8.  J. Rolando T. Candidato Jr., P. Sokołowski, L. Łatka, S. Kozerski, L. Pawłowski, and A. Denoirjean, “Plasma spraying of hydroxyapatite coatings using powder, suspension and solution feedstocks”, Weld. Techn. Rev. 87(10), 64–71 (2015).
  9.  M. Winnicki, T. Piwowarczyk, and A. Małachowska, “General description of cold sprayed coatings formation and of their properties”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 66(3), 301–310 (2018).
  10.  K. Pietrzak, A. Strojny-Nędza, A. Gładki, S. Nosewicz, D. Jarząbek, and M. Chmielewski, “The effect of ceramic type reinforcement on structure and properties of Cu-Al2O3 composites”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 66(4), 553–560 (2018).
  11.  M. Michalak, L. Łatka, P. Sokołowski, A. Niemiec, and A. Ambroziak, “The microstructure and selected mechanical properties of Al2O3 + 13 wt.% TiO2 plasma sprayed coatings”, Coatings 10(2), 173 (2020).
  12.  M. Chmielewski and K. Pietrzak, “Metal-ceramic functionally graded materials – manufacturing, characterization, application”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 64(1), 151–160 (2016).
  13.  A. Richter, L.-M. Berger, Y. Sohn, S. Conze, K. Sempf, and  R. Vaßen, “Impact of Al2O3–40 wt.% TiO2 feedstock powder characteristics on the sprayability, microstructure and mechanical properties of plasma sprayed coatings”, J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 39(16), 5391–5402 (2019).
  14.  Material Product Data Sheet High Purity Aluminum Oxide Thermal Spray Powders – Oxide Ceramic Powder Materials for Thermal Spray – Oerlikon Metco.
  15.  Material Product Data Sheet Alumina 3% Titania Thermal Spray Powders – Oxide Ceramic Powder Materials for Thermal Spray – Oerlikon Metco.
  16.  Material Product Data Sheet Aluminum Oxide 13% Titanium Dioxide Powders – Oxide Ceramic Powder Materials for Thermal Spray – Oerlikon Metco.
  17.  Material Product Data Sheet Aluminum Oxide 40% Titanium Dioxide Powders – Oxide Ceramic Powder Materials for Thermal Spray – Oerlikon Metco.
  18.  H. Li, Z. Ke, J. Li, L. Xue, and Y. Yan, “An effective lowtemperature strategy for sealing plasma sprayed Al2O3-based coatings”, J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 38(4), 1871–1877 (2018).
  19.  A. Šuopys, L. Marcinauskas, R. Kėželis, M. Aikas, and R. Uscila, “Thermal and chemical resistance of plasma sprayed Al2O3, Al2O3–TiO2 coatings”, Res. Sq., (to be published).
  20.  M. Djendel, O. Allaoui, R. Boubaaya, “Characterization of alumina-titania coatings produced by atmospheric plasma spraying on 304 SS steel”, Acta Phys. Pol. 132 (3), 538–540 (2017).
  21.  S. Yugeswaran, V. Selvarajan, M. Vijay, P. Ananthapadmanabhan, and K. Sreekumar, “Influence of critical plasma spraying parameter (CPSP) on plasma sprayed alumina–titania composite coatings”, Ceram. Int. 36 (1), 141–149 (2010).
  22.  W. Żórawski, A. Góral, O. Bokuvka, L. Lityńska-Dobrzyńska, and K. Berent, “Microstructure and tribological properties of nanostructured and conventional plasma sprayed alumina– titania coatings”, Surf. Coat. Technol. 268, 190–197 (2015).
  23.  W. Tian, Y. Wang, and Y. Yang, “Three body abrasive wear characteristics of plasma sprayed conventional and nanostructured Al2O3–13%TiO2 coatings”, Tribol. Int. 43(5–6), 876–881 (2010).
  24.  T. Rajesh and R. Rao “Experimental investigation and parameter optimization of Al2O3–40%TiO2 atmospheric plasma spray coating on SS316 steel substrate”, Mater. Today: Proc. 5 (2), 5012–5020 (2018).
  25.  E. Song, J. Ahn, S. Lee, and N. Kim, “Effects of critical plasma spray parameter and spray distance on wear resistance of Al2O3–8 wt.% TiO2 coatings plasma-sprayed with nanopowders”, Surf. Coat. Technol. 202(15), 3625–3632 (2008).
  26.  R. Yilmaz, A. Kurt, A. Demir, and Z. Tatli, “Effects of TiO2 on the mechanical properties of the Al2O3–TiO2 plasma sprayed coating”, J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 27(2–3), 1319–1323 (2007).
  27.  F. Freudenberg, “Study of the reaction to the solid state Al2O3 + TiO2 → Al2TiO5: structure observation”, thesis at University Lausanne (1988) [in French].
  28.  E. Klyatskina et al., “Sliding wear behavior of Al2O3–TiO2 coatings fabricated by the suspension plasma spraying technique”, Tribol. Lett. 59(8), 1–9 (2015).
  29.  H. Ageorges and P. Ctibor, “Comparison of the structure and wear resistance of Al2O3–13 wt.% TiO2 coatings made by GSP and WSP plasma process with two different powders”, Surf. Coat. Technol. 202(18), 4362–4368 (2008).
  30.  N. Dejang, A. Watcharapasorn, S. Wirojupatump, P. Niranatlumpong, and S. Jiansirisomboon, “Fabrication and properties of plasma-sprayed Al2O3/TiO2 composite coatings: a role of nano-sized TiO2 addition”, Surf. Coat. Technol. 204 (9–10), 1651–1657 (2010).
  31.  ASTM B822 – 17 Particle Size Distribution of Metal Powders and Related Compounds by Light Scattering, ASTM International: West Conshohocken, PA, USA (2017).
  32.  ASTM E2109-01 01 Standard Test Methods for Determining Area Percentage Porosity in Thermal Sprayed Coatings, ASTM International: West Conshohocken, PA, USA (2014).
  33.  P.S. Prevéy, “X-ray diffraction characterization of crystallinity and phase composition in plasma-sprayed hydroxyapatite coatings”, J. Therm. Spray. Tech. 9, 369–376 (2000).
  34.  L. Marcinauskas and P. Valatkevičius, “The effect of plasma torch power on the microstructure and phase composition of alumina coatings”, Mat. Sci.–Poland 28, 451–458 (2010).
  35.  EN ISO 4288:1996 Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) – Surface texture: Profile method – Rules and procedures for the assessment of surface texture (1996).
  36.  EN ISO 4516: 2004 Metallic and other inorganic coatings – Vickers and Knoop microhardness tests (2004).
  37.  ASTM G99-17 Standard Test Method for Wear Testing with a Pin-on-Disk Apparatus,ASTM International: West Conshohocken, PA, USA (2017).
  38.  P. Bandyopadhyay, D. Chicot, B. Venkateshwarlu, V. Racherla, Decoopman and J. Lesage, “Mechanical properties of conventional and nanostructured plasma sprayed alumina coatings”, Mech. Mater. 53, 61–71 (2012).
  39.  M. Wang and L. Shaw, “Effects of the powder manufacturing method on microstructure and wear performance of plasma sprayed alumina–titania coatings”, Surf. Coat. Technol. 202(1), 34-44 (2007).
  40.  I. Ahmed and T. Bergman, “Three-dimensional simulation of thermal plasma spraying of partially molten ceramic agglomerates”, J. Therm. Spray. Tech. 9, 215–224 (2000).
  41.  M. Michalak, F.-L. Toma, L. Latka, P. Sokolowski, M. Barbosa, and A. Ambroziak, “A study on the microstructural characterization and phase compositions of thermally sprayed Al2O3–TiO2 coatings obtained from powders and water-based suspensions”, Materials 13(11), 2638 (2020).
  42.  R. McPherson, “Formation of metastable phases in flameand plasma-prepared alumina”, J. Mater. Sci. 8, 851–858 (1973).
  43.  F.-L. Toma, L.-M. Berger, C. Stahr, T. Naumann, and S. Langner, “Microstructures and functional properties of suspensionsprayed Al2O3 and TiO2 coatings: an overview”, J. Therm. Spray. Tech. 19, 262–274 (2010).
  44.  F. Dachille, P. Simons, and R. Roy, “Pressure-temperature studies of anatase, brookite, rutile and TiO2-II”, Am. Mineral. 53, 1929–1939 (1968).
  45.  D. Goldberg, “Contribution to study of systems formed by alumina and some oxides of trivalent and tetravalent metals especially titanium oxide”, Revue Internationale Des Hautes Temperatures et Des Refractaires 5, 181–182 (1968).
  46.  L.-M. Berger, K. Sempf, Y. Sohn, and R. Vaßen, “Influence of feedstock powder modification by heat treatments on the properties of APS- sprayed Al2O3–40%TiO2 coatings”, J. Therm. Spray. Tech. 27, 654–666 (2018).
  47.  S. Hoffmann, S. Norberg, and M. Yoshimura, “Melt synthesis of Al2TiO5 containing composites and reinvestigation of the phase diagram Al2O3–TiO2 by powder X-ray diffraction”, J. Electroceram. 16, 327–330 (2006).
  48.  S. Goel, S. Björklund, N. Curry, U. Wiklund, and S. Joshi, “Axial suspension plasma spraying of Al2O3 coatings for superior tribological properties”, Surf. Coat. Technol. 315, 80–87 (2017).
  49.  M. Ghazali, S. Forghani, N. Hassanuddin, A. Muchtar, and A. Daud, “Comparative wear study of plasma sprayed TiO2 and Al2O3–TiO2 on mild steels”, Tribol. Int. 93, 681–686 (2016).
  50.  E. Jordan et al., “Fabrication and evaluation of plasma sprayed nanostructured alumina–titania coatings with superior properties”, Mater. Sci. Eng. A 301(1), 80–89 (2001).
  51.  M. Szala, A. Dudek, A. Maruszczyk, M. Walczak, J. Chmiel, and M. Kowal, “Effect of atmospheric plasma sprayed TiO2–10%NiAl cermet coating thickness on cavitation erosion, sliding and abrasive wear resistance”, Acta Phys. Pol. A. 136, 335–341 (2019).
  52.  S. Yao, Y. Su, H. Shu, C. Lee, and Z. You, “Comparative study on nano-structural and traditional Al2O3–13TiO2 air plasma sprayed coatings and their thermal shock performance”, Key Eng. Mater. 739, 103–107 (2017).
Go to article

Authors and Affiliations

Monika Michalak
1
ORCID: ORCID
Leszek Łatka
1
ORCID: ORCID
Paweł Sokołowski
1
ORCID: ORCID
Rolando T. Candidato Jr.
2
ORCID: ORCID
Andrzej Ambroziak
1
ORCID: ORCID
  1. Faculty of Mechanical Engineering, Wroclaw University of Science and Technology, Wybrzeze Wyspianskiego 27, 50-370 Wroclaw, Poland
  2. Physics Department, College of Science and Mathematics, Mindanao State University-Iligan Institute of Technology, A. Bonifacio Avenue, Tibanga, 9200, Iligan, City, Philippines
26 Analysis of mass transfer in marine engine with prechamber combustion spark ignition system
Ireneusz Pielecha
Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences | 2021 | 69 | 2 | e136744 | DOI: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136744
Keywords: marine engine prechamber combustion spark ignition combustion process modeling combustion thermodynamics
Download PDF Download RIS Download Bibtex

Abstract

The development of combustion systems construction is associated with the possibility of increasing the thermal or overall efficiency of an internal combustion engine. The combustion systems currently in use (mainly related to direct fuel injection) are increasingly being replaced by hybrid systems, including direct and indirect injection. Another alternative is the use of prechambers in new combustion systems. This article concerns the thermodynamic aspect of this issue – namely, the assessment of the inter-chamber flow of a marine engine equipped with a prechamber combustion spark ignition system. The research was carried out using mainly one-dimensional simulation apparatus, and detailed analyses were presented using three-dimensional modeling. The tests included the engine model at medium load. Differences in mass flows were shown at different diameters and different numbers of holes from the preliminary chamber (while maintaining the same cross-sectional area). Similar values of excess air coefficient during ignition of the fuel dose in the prechamber were observed, which resulted in changes in the flow between the prechamber and the main chamber. The differences in mass flow affected the temperatures achieved in the individual combustion chambers. Based on three-dimensional analyses, the mass transfer rate between the chambers and the temperature distribution were assessed during fuel ignition initiated in the prechamber.
Go to article

Bibliography

  1.  P. Tarnawski and W. Ostapski, “Pulse powered turbine engine concept – numerical analysis of influence of different valve timing concepts on thermodynamic performance”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 66(3), 373‒382 (2018), doi: 10.24425/123444.
  2.  N. Gombosuren, O. Yoshifumi, and A. Hiroyuki, “A charge possibility of an unfueled prechamber and its fluctuating phenomenon for the spark ignited engine”, Energies 13(2), 303 (2020), doi: 10.3390/en13020303.
  3.  M. Günther (ed.), Ignition Systems for Gasoline Engines, 4th International Conference. Verlag expert, Berlin, 2018. doi: 10.5445/ IR/1000088324.
  4.  A. Shah, “Improving the efficiency of gas engines using pre-chamber ignition”, PhD Thesis, Lund University, 2015.
  5.  P. Hlaing, M.E. Marquez, V.S.B. Shankar, E. Cenkar, M.B. Houidi, and B. Johansson, “A study of lean burn pre-chamber concept in a heavy duty engine”, SAE Tech. Paper 2019‒24‒0107 (2019), doi: 10.4271/2019-24-0107.
  6.  A. Jamrozik and W. Tutak, “Theoretical analysis of air-fuel mixture formation in the combustion chambers of the gas engine with two- stage combustion system”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci., 62(4), 779‒790 (2014), doi: 10.2478/bpasts-2014-0085.
  7.  J. Benajes, R. Novella, J. Gomez-Soriano, P.J. Martinez-Hernandiz, C. Libert, and M. Dabiri, “Evaluation of the passive pre-chamber ignition concept for future high compression ratio turbocharged spark-ignition engines”, Appl. Energ. 248, 576‒588 (2019), doi: 10.1016/j. apenergy.2019.04.131.
  8.  A. Shah, P. Tunestal, and B. Johansson, “Effect of pre-chamber volume and nozzle diameter on pre-chamber ignition in heavy duty natural gas engines”, SAE Tech. Paper 2015‒01‒0867 (2015), doi: 10.4271/2015-01-0867.
  9.  W. Attard, N. Fraser, P. Parsons, and E. Toulson, “A turbulent jet ignition pre-chamber combustion system for large fuel economy improvements in a modern vehicle powertrain”, SAE Int. J. Engines 3(2), 20‒37 (2010), doi: 10.4271/2010-01-1457.
  10.  I. Pielecha, K. Wisłocki, W. Cieślik, and Ł. Fiedkiewicz, “Prechamber selection for a two stage turbulent jet ignition of lean air-gas mixtures for better economy and emission”, 17th International Conference Heat Transfer and Renewable Sources of Energy (HTRSE-2018), E3S Web of Conferences, 70, 03010 (2018), doi: 10.1051/e3sconf/20187003010.
  11.  L.O. Guelder, “Turbulent premixed flame propagation models for different combustion regimes”, 23rd Symposium (International) on Combustion, The Combustion Institute, Pittsburgh, USA, 1990, doi: 10.1016/S0082-0784(06)80325-5.
  12.  B.F. Magnussen and B.H. Hjertager, “On mathematical modeling of turbulent combustion with special emphasis on soot formation and combustion”, 16th Symposium (International) on Combustion, The Combustion Institute, Pittsburgh, USA, 1976, doi: 10.1016/S0082- 0784(77)80366-4.
  13.  AVL BOOST. AVL AST Documentation 2019.
  14.  M. Gholamisheeri, I.S. Wichman, and E.Toulson, “A study of the turbulent jet flow field in a methane fuelled turbulent jet ignition (TJI) system”, Combust. Flame 183, 194‒206 (2017), doi: 10.1016/j.combustflame.2017.05.008.
  15.  G. Gentz, B. Thelen, M. Gholamisheeri, P. Litke, A. Brown, J. Hoke, and E. Toulson, “A study of the influence of orifice diameter on a turbulent jet ignition system through combustion visualization and performance characterization in a rapid compression machine”, Appl. Therm. Eng. 81, 399‒411 (2015), doi: 10.1016/j.applthermaleng.2015.02.026.
Go to article

Authors and Affiliations

Ireneusz Pielecha
1
  1. Poznan University of Technology, Faculty of Civil and Transport Engineering, Piotrowo 3, 60-965 Poznan, Poland
27 Mechanics of infinitesimal gyroscopes on helicoid-catenoid deformation family of minimal surfaces
Vasyl Kovalchuk , Barbara Gołubowska , Ivaïlo M. Mladenov
Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences | 2021 | 69 | 2 | e136727 | DOI: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136727
Keywords: action-angle analysis mechanics of infinitesimal gyroscopes geodesic and geodetic equations of motion helicoid-catenoid deformation family of minimal surfaces elliptic integrals and elliptic functions
Download PDF Download RIS Download Bibtex

Abstract

In this paper we explore the mechanics of infinitesimal gyroscopes (test bodies with internal degrees of freedom) moving on an arbitrary member of the helicoid-catenoid family of minimal surfaces. As the configurational spaces within this family are far from being trivial manifolds, the problem of finding the geodesic and geodetic motions presents a real challenge. We have succeeded in finding the solutions to those motions in an explicit parametric form. It is shown that in both cases the solutions can be expressed through the elliptic integrals and elliptic functions, but in the geodetic case some appropriately chosen compatibility conditions for glueing together different branches of the solution are needed. Additionally, an action-angle analysis of the corresponding Hamilton-Jacobi equations is performed for external potentials that are well-suited to the geometry of the problem under consideration. As a result, five different sets of conditions between the three action variables and the total energy of the infinitesimal gyroscopes are obtained.
Go to article

Bibliography

  1.  I.M. Mladenov and M.Ts. Hadzhilazova, “Geometry of the anisotropic minimal surfaces”, An. St. Univ. Ovidius Constanta 20, 79–88 (2012).
  2.  J. Zmrzlikar, Minimal Surfaces in Biological Systems, Faculty of Mathematics and Physics, University of Ljubljana, 2011.
  3.  S.N. Krivoshapko and V.N. Ivanov, Encyclopedia of Analytical Surfaces, Springer, New York-London, 2015.
  4.  A. Gray, E. Abbena, and S. Salamon, Modern Differential Geometry of Curves and Surfaces with Mathematica, Chapman and Hall/CRC, New York, 2006.
  5.  S. Amari and A. Cichocki, “Information geometry of divergence functions”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 58, 183–195 (2010).
  6.  I.S. Gradstein and I.M. Ryzhik, Tables of Integrals, Series, and Products (7th Edition), eds. A. Jeffrey and D. Zwillinger, Academic Press, Oxford, 2007.
  7.  V. Kovalchuk, B. Gołubowska, and I.M. Mladenov, “Mechanics of infinitesimal test bodies on Delaunay surfaces: spheres and cylinders as limits of unduloids and their action-angle analysis”, J. Geom. Symmetry Phys. 53, 55–84, (2019).
  8.  V. Kovalchuk and I.M. Mladenov, “Mechanics of infinitesimal gyroscopes on Mylar balloons and their action-angle analysis”, Math. Meth. Appl. Sci. 43, 3040–3051 (2020).
  9.  J.J. Slawianowski and B. Golubowska, “Bertrand systems on spaces of constant sectional curvature. The action-angle analysis. Classical, quasi-classical and quantum problems”, Geom. Integrability Quantization 16, 110–138 (2015).
  10.  G. De Matteis, L. Martina, C. Naya, and V. Turco, “Helicoids in chiral liquid crystals under external fields”, Phys. Rev. E 100, 05273- (1–12) (2019).
  11.  G. De Matteis, L. Martina, and V. Turco, “Waveguiding by helicoids in confined chiral nematics”, J. Instrum. 15, C05028-(1–11) (2020).
  12.  M. Toda, F. Zhang, and B. Athukorallage, “Elastic surface model for beta-barrels: geometric, computational, and statistical analysis”, Proteins 86, 35–42 (2018).
  13.  J.J. Sławianowski, V. Kovalchuk, B. Gołubowska, A. Martens, and E.E. Rożko, “Dynamical systems with internal degrees of freedom in non-Euclidean spaces”, IFTR Reports, IPPT PAN, 8/2006.
Go to article

Authors and Affiliations

Vasyl Kovalchuk
1
ORCID: ORCID
Barbara Gołubowska
1
ORCID: ORCID
Ivaïlo M. Mladenov
2
ORCID: ORCID
  1. Institute of Fundamental Technological Research, Polish Academy of Sciences, Pawińskiego 5B, 02-106 Warsaw, Poland
  2. Institute of Biophysics and Biomedical Engineering, Bulgarian Academy of Sciences, Acad. G. Bonchev Bl. 21, 1113 Sofia, Bulgaria
28 Double enveloping worm gear modelling using CAD environment
Piotr Połowniak , Mariusz Sobolak , Adam Marciniec
Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences | 2021 | 69 | 2 | e136736 | DOI: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136736
Keywords: globoid surface CAD modelling double enveloping worm gear globoid helix hybrid modelling tooth trace modification
Download PDF Download RIS Download Bibtex

Abstract

This study describes the methodology for modelling a worm and worm wheel of a double enveloping worm gear with the use of a CAD system. An algorithm for generating a globoid helix is described. In addition, the methodology for modelling an hourglass worm thread with a straight axial tooth profile is presented. The shape of the hourglass worm tooth end with and without a trace modification is proposed. Moreover, a method for achieving a geometric modification of the tooth trace was developed. Next, the method for modelling the worm wheel teeth is described. A solid model of using a machining worm as a hob is applied. Owing to the limitations of a CAD system, which prevents the use of a direct machining simulation, an indirect modelling method is introduced. In the present study, different CAD techniques, both solid and surface, are applied. Knowledge of the correct modelling of the hourglass worm and worm wheel facilitates their generation and conducting various analyses, including a tooth contact analysis. CAD models are utilised to analyse the geometrical contact pattern in a CAD environment, to carry out FEM analysis, to manufacture real parts or to prototype models using the technique of rapid prototyping. They can be also used as master models for measurement, e.g. in optical technics.
Go to article

Bibliography

  1.  I. Dudas, The theory and practice of worm gear drives, Penton Press, London, 2000.
  2.  W.P. Crosher, Design and Application of the Worm Gear, ASME Press, New York, 2002.
  3.  F.L. Litvin, Development of Gear Technology and Theory of Gearing, NASA, Levis Research Center, 1999.
  4.  F.L. Litvin and A. Fuentes, Gear Geometry and Applied Theory, Cambridge University Press, 2004.
  5.  L. Dudás, “New technology for manufacturing quasi-globoid worm gearings”, Mater. Sci. Eng. 448, 012035 (2018).
  6.  Y. Chen, Y. Chen, W. Luo, and G. Zhang, “Development and Classification of Worm Drive”, The 14th IFToMMWorld Congress in Taiwan, 2015.
  7.  V. Simon, “Double Enveloping Worm Gear Drive with Smooth Gear Tooth Surface”, in Proc. Int. Conf. on Gearing, Zhengzhou, China, 1988, pp. 191‒194.
  8.  V. Simon, “A New Type of Ground Double Enveloping Worm Gear Drive”, in Proc. ASME 5th Int. Power Transm. and Gearing Conf., Chicago, 1989, pp.281‒288.
  9.  V. Simon, “Load Distribution in Double Enveloping Worm Gears”, J. Mech. Des. 115, 496‒501 (1993).
  10.  V. Simon, “Characteristics of a Modified Double Enveloping Worm Gear Drive”, in Proc. 6th Int. Power Transm. and Gearing Conf., Scottsdale, 1992, pp. 73‒79.
  11.  Y. Zhao and Y. Zhang, “Novel methods for curvature analysis and their application to TA worm”, Mech. Mach. Theory. 97, 155‒170 (2016).
  12.  Y. Zhao and Y. Zhang, “Computing method for induced curvature parameters based on normal vector of instantaneous contact line and its application to Hindley worm pair”. Adv. Mech. Eng. 9, 168781401772188 (2017).
  13.  Y. Zhao, “Meshing analysis for TA worm”, Mech. Mach. Sci. 43, 13–20, (2016)
  14.  Ch. Huai and Y. Zhao, “Variable height modification of TA worm drive”, in Proc. Inst. Mech. Eng. Part C: J. Mech. Eng. Sci. 233, 095440621875726 (2018).
  15.  Y. Zhao, “Edge Tooth Addendum Thickness of Hindley Worm”, Mech. Mach. Sci. 46, 117–124 (2016).
  16.  Y. Zhao, Ch. Huai, and Y. Zhang, “Compound Modification of Globoidal Worm Drive with Variable Parameters”, Appl. Math. Model. 50, 17–38 (2017).
  17.  P. Polowniak and M. Sobolak, “Mathematical description of tooth flank surface of globoidal worm gear with straight axial tooth profile”, Open Eng. 7, 407–415 (2017).
  18.  Q. Wen, H. Xu, and W. Tang, “The Research and Analysis of the New Modification Theory of Toroidal Worm-Gearing”, Int. Conf. Syst. Sci., Eng. Des. Manuf. Informatiz. (ICSEM) 11, 59–62 (2010).
  19.  Y. Chen, W. Luo, Y. Chen, and G. Zhang, “Study on the spur involute gear meshing with planar enveloping hourglass worm based on local conjugate”, Proc. Inst. Mech. Eng. Part C: J. Mech. Eng. Sci. 232, 095440621770821 (2017).
  20.  F. He, Z. Shi, and B. Yu, “Effects of tooth surface modification on planar double-enveloping hourglass worm gear drives”, J. Adv. Mech. Des. Syst. Manuf. 12, JAMDSM0040-JAMDSM0040, (2018).
  21.  W. Xu, D. Qin, and W. Shi, “Direct digital design and simulation of meshing in worm-gear drive”, Chin. J. Mech. Eng. 19, 428–433 (2006).
  22.  L.V. Mohan and M.S. Shunmugam, “Geometrical aspects of double enveloping worm gear drive”, Mech. Mach. Theory. 44, 2053–2065 (2009).
  23.  K.Y. Chen and Ch.B. Tsay, “Mathematical model and worm wheel tooth working surfaces of the ZN-type hourglass worm gear set”, Mech. Mach. Theory. 44, 1701–1712 (2009).
  24.  Ch. Rui, H. Li, J. Yang, W. Wei, “Research on a method for designing land surfaces of a dual-cone double enveloping hourglass worm wheel hob”, J. Adv. Mech. Des. Syst. Manuf. 12, JAMDSM0090-JAMDSM0090 (2018).
  25.  J. Yang, H. Li, Ch. Rui, W. Wei, and X. Dong, “A Method to Generate the Spiral Flutes of an Hourglass Worm Gear Hob”, J. Mech. Des. 140, 063301 (2018).
  26.  Ch. Rui, H. Li, J. Yang, W. Wei, and X. Dong, “A design and generating method for grinding relief surfaces of a dual-cone double enveloping hourglass worm gear hob”, J. Mech. Des. 140, 123301‒1 (2018).
  27.  Z. Lei, Q. Bi, Y. Wang, and H. Ding, “Five-Axis Flank Milling Method of Plane Double Enveloping Hourglass Worm”, Adv. Mat. Res. 314–316, 1523–1532 (2011).
  28.  S. Lagutin, E. Gudov, and B. Fedotov, “Manufacturing and load rating of modified globoid gears”, Balkan J. Mech. Transm. (BJMT). 1, 45–53 (2011).
  29.  Sutyagin, L. Mal’ko, and I. Trifanov, “More efficient machining of globoid worm gears”, Rus. Eng. Res. 35, 623–627 (2015).
  30.  L. Dong, J. Wang, P. Liu, W. Wei, and H. Li, “An NC rough turning method of an enveloping toroidal worm”, Prod. Eng. 6, 129–135 (2012).
  31.  Y. Sun, H. Zheng, Q. Bi, and S. Wang, “Method of accurate grinding for single enveloping TI worm”, Sci. China-technol. Sci. 48, 430–440 (2005).
  32.  Z. Liu, H. Lu, G. Yu, and S. Wang, “A novel CNC machining method for enveloping surface”, Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol. 85, 779–790 (2015).
  33.  Z. Liu, H. Lu, S. Wang, and G. Yu, “Digitization modelling and CNC machining for cone-generated double-enveloping worm drive”, Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol. 95, 3393–3412 (2018).
  34.  H. Lu, Z. Liu, and S. Wang, “Digitization modelling and CNC machining for enveloping surface parts”, Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol. 73, 209–227 (2014).
  35.  A.L. Kheyfets, “Geometrically Accurate Computer 3D Models of Gear Drives and Hob Cutters”, Procedia Eng. 150, 1098–1106 (2016).
  36.  A.L. Kheyfets, “Programming While Construction of Engineering 3D Models of Complex Geometry”, Mat. Sci. Eng. 262, 012111 (2017).
  37.  M. Sobolak, Analysis and synthesis of mating gear tooth surface by discrete methods, Rzeszow University of Technol. Publ., Rzeszow, 2006, [in Polish].
  38.  A.J. Muminovic, M. Colic, E. Mesic, and I. Saric, “Innovative design of spur gear tooth with infill structure”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 68(3), 477–483 (2020).
  39.  W. Ostapski and I. Mukha, “Stress state analysis of harmonic drive elements by FEM”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 55(1), 115–123 (2007).
  40.  M. Batsch, “Mathematical model and tooth contact analysis of convexo-concave helical bevel Novikov gear mesh”, Mech. Mach. Theory 149, 103842 (2020).
  41.  M. Batsch, T. Markowski, S. Legutko, and G.M. Krolczyk, “Measurement and mathematical model of convexo-concave Novikov gear mesh”, Measurement 125, 516–525 (2018).
  42.  M. Sobolak, P. Połowniak, M. Cieplak, M. Oleksy, and K. Bulanda, „Application of polymeric materials for obtaining gears with involute and sinusoidal profile”, Polimery 7‒8, 563‒567 (2020).
  43.  AGMA 6135–A02, Design, Rating and Application of Industrial Globoidal Wormgearing (Metric Edition), Am. Natl. Stand., 2002.
  44.  GOST 16502‒83, Basic requirements for interchange ability. Globoid gears. Tolerances, 1983.
  45.  GOST 17696‒89, Globoid gears. Calculation of geometry, 1989.
  46.  GOST 24438‒80, Globoid gears. Basic worm and basic generating worm, 1980.
  47.  GOST 9369‒77, Globoid gear pairs. Basic parameters, 1977.
  48.  M. Sobolak, P. Polowniak, P.E. Jagielowicz, “Generating of globoid helix in CATIA environment using laws”, Mechanik 7, 632–633 (2016), [in Polish].
Go to article

Authors and Affiliations

Piotr Połowniak
1
ORCID: ORCID
Mariusz Sobolak
1
ORCID: ORCID
Adam Marciniec
1
ORCID: ORCID
  1. Rzeszow University of Technology, The Faculty of Mechanical Engineering and Aeronautics, al. Powstańców Warszawy 12, 35-959 Rzeszow, Poland
29 Application of the Lagrange-Sylvester formula to computation of the solution to state equations of fractional linear systems
Tadeusz Kaczorek
Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences | 2021 | 69 | 2 | e136729 | DOI: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136729
Keywords: computation solution Lagrange-Sylvester formula fractional continuous-time discrete-time linear system
Download PDF Download RIS Download Bibtex

Abstract

The Lagrange-Sylvester formula is applied to the computation of the solutions of state equations of fractional continuous-time and discrete-time linear systems. The solutions are given as finite sums with their numbers of components equal to the degrees of the minimal characteristics polynomials of state matrices of the systems. Procedures for computations of the solutions are given and illustrated by numerical examples of continuous-time and discrete-time fractional linear systems.
Go to article

Bibliography

  1.  A.A. Kilbas, H.M. Srivastava, and J.J. Trujillo, Theory and Applications of Fractional Differential Equations, North-Holland Mathematical Studies, vol. 204, Elsevier Science Inc, New York, 2006.
  2.  P. Ostalczyk, Discrete Fractional Calculus, World Scientific, River Edgle, NJ, 2016.
  3.  I. Podlubny, Fractional Differential Equations, Academic Press, San Diego, 1999.
  4.  T. Kaczorek, Selected Problems of Fractional Systems Theory, Springer, Berlin, 2011.
  5.  T. Kaczorek and K. Rogowski, Fractional Linear Systems and Electrical Circuits, Springer, Cham, 2015.
  6.  T. Kaczorek, “Analysis of positivity and stability of fractional discrete-time nonlinear systems”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 64(3), 491‒494 (2016).
  7.  T. Kaczorek, “Positive linear systems with different fractional orders”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 58(3), 453‒458 (2010).
  8.  T. Kaczorek, “Positive linear systems consisting of n subsystems with different fractional orders”, IEEE Trans. Circuits Syst. 58(7), 1203‒1210 (2011).
  9.  T. Kaczorek, “Positive fractional continuous-time linear systems with singular pencils”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 60(1), 9‒12 (2012).
  10.  T. Kaczorek, “Stability of fractional positive nonlinear systems”, Arch. Control Sci. 25(4), 491‒496 (2015).
  11.  A. Ruszewski, “Stability of discrete-time fractional linear systems with delays”, Arch. Control Sci. 29(3), 549‒567 (2019).
  12.  A. Ruszewski, “Practical and asymptotic stabilities for a class of delayed fractional discrete-time linear systems”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 67(3), 509‒515 (2019).
  13.  Ł. Sajewski, “Stabilization of positive descriptor fractional discrete-time linear systems with two different fractional orders by decentralized controller”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 65(5), 709‒714 (2017).
  14.  Ł. Sajewski, “Decentralized stabilization of descriptor fractional positive continuous-time linear systems with delays”, 22nd Intern. Conf. Methods and Models in Automation and Robotics, Międzyzdroje, Poland, 2017, pp. 482‒487.
  15.  F.R. Gantmacher, The Theory of Matrices, London: Chelsea Pub. Comp., 1959.
  16.  T. Kaczorek, Vectors and Matrices in Automation and Electrotechnics, Scientific and Technical Publishing, WNT, Warsaw, 1998.
Go to article

Authors and Affiliations

Tadeusz Kaczorek
1
ORCID: ORCID
  1. Faculty of Electrical Engineering, Bialystok University of Technology, Wiejska 45D, 15-351 Białystok, Poland
30 Improving LUT count of FPGA-based sequential blocks
Alexander Barkalov , Larysa Titarenko , Małgorzata Mazurkiewicz , Kazimierz Krzywicki
Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences | 2021 | 69 | 2 | e136728 | DOI: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136728
Keywords: FPGA LUT Mealy FSM synthesis structural decomposition product terms partition
Download PDF Download RIS Download Bibtex

Abstract

Very often, a digital system includes sequential blocks which can be represented using a model of the finite state machine (FSM). It is very important to improve such FSM characteristics as the number of used logic elements, operating frequency and consumed energy. The paper proposes a novel technology-dependant design method targeting LUT-based Mealy FSMs. It belongs to the group of structural decomposition methods. The method is based on encoding the product terms of Boolean functions representing the FSM circuit. To diminish the number of LUTs, a partition of the set of internal states is constructed. It leads to three-level logic circuits of Mealy FSMs. Each function from the first level requires only a single LUT to be implemented. The method of constructing the partition with the minimum amount of classes is proposed. There is given an example of FSM synthesis with the proposed method. The experiments with standard benchmarks were conducted. They show that the proposed method can improve such FSM characteristics as the number of used LUTs. This improvement is accompanied by a decrease in performance. A positive side effect of the proposed method is a reduction in power consumption compared with FSMs obtained with other design methods.
Go to article

Bibliography

  1.  J. Baillieul and T. Samad, Encyclopedia of Systems and Control, Springer, 2015.
  2.  M. Arora, Embedded System Design, Introduction to SoC System Architecture, Learning Bytes Publishing, 2016.
  3.  V. Chakravarthi, A Practical Approach to VLSI System on Chip (SoC) Design, A Comprehensive Guide, Springer, 2020.
  4.  P. Minns and I. Elliot, FSM-based digital design using Verilog HDL, John Wiley and Sons, 2008.
  5.  S. Baranov, Logic and System Design of Digital Systems, Tallinn: TUT Press, 2008.
  6.  B.D. Brown and H.C. Card, “Stochastic neural computation. I computational elements”, IEEE Trans. Comput. 50(9), 891‒905 (2001).
  7.  O. Barkalov, L. Titarenko, and M. Mazurkiewicz, Foundations of Embedded Systems, Springer, 2019.
  8.  A. Ardakani, F. Leduc-Primeau, N. Onizawa, T. Hanyu, and W.J. Gross, “VLSI Implementation of Deep Neural Network Using Integral Stochastic Computing”, IEEE Trans. Very Large Scale Integr. (VLSI) Syst. 25(10), 26882699 (2017).
  9.  P. Li, D.J. Lilja, W. Qian, M.D. Riedel, and K. Bazargan, “Logical computation on stochastic bit streams with linear finitestate machines”, IEEE Trans. Comput. 63(6), 1474‒1486 (2014).
  10.  Y. Xie, S. Liao, B. Yuan, Y. Wang, and Z. Wang, “Fully-parallel area-efficient deep neural network design using stochastic computing”, IEEE Trans. Circuits Syst. II-Express Briefs 64(12), 1382‒1386 (2017).
  11.  N. Das and P.A. Priya, “FPGA Implementation of Reconfigurable Finite State Machine with Input Multiplexing Architecture Using Hungarian Method”, Int. J. Reconfigurable Comput. 2018, 6831901 (2018).
  12.  J. Glaser, M. Damm, J. Haase, and C. Grimm, “TR-FSM: Transition-Based Reconfigurable Finite State Machine”, ACM Trans. Reconfigurable Technol. Syst. 4, 23:1‒23:14 (2011).
  13.  R. Czerwinski and D. Kania, Finite State Machine Logic Synthesis for Complex Programmable Logic Devices, Springer, 2013.
  14.  V. Sklyarov, I. Skliarova, A. Barkalov, and L. Titarenko, Synthesis and optimization of FPGA-based systems, Springer, 2014.
  15.  M. Kubica, D. Kania, and J. Kulisz, “A Technology Mapping of FSMs Based on a Graph of Excitations and Outputs”, IEEE Access 7, 16123‒16131 (2019).
  16.  A. Opara, M. Kubica, and D. Kania, “Methods of Improving Time Efficiency of Decomposition Dedicated at FPGA Structures and Using BDD in the Process of Cyber-Physical Synthesis”, IEEE Access 7, 20619‒20631 (2019).
  17.  M. Kubica and D. Kania, “Area-oriented technology mapping for LUT-based logic blocks”, Int. J. Appl. Math. Comput. Sci. 27(1), 207‒222 (2017).
  18.  M. Kubica, A. Opara, and D. Kania, “Logic Synthesis for FPGAs Based on Cutting of BDD”, Microprocess. Microsyst. 52, 173‒187 (2017).
  19.  I. Skliarova, V. Sklyarov, and A. Sudnitson, Design of FPGAbased circuits using Hierarchical Finite State Machines, Tallinn: TUT Press, 2012.
  20.  Altera, [Online]. http://www.altera.com (accesed: May, 2020).
  21.  Atmel, [Online]. http://www.atmel.com (accesed: May, 2020).
  22.  Xilinx, [Online]. http://www.xilinx.com (accesed: May, 2020).
  23.  I. Kuon, R. Tessier, and J. Rose, “FPGA architecture: Survey and Challenges”, Found. Trends Electron. Design Automat. 2(2), 135‒253 (2008).
  24.  I. Grout, Digital Systems Design with FPGAs and CPLDs, Elsevier Science, 2011.
  25.  S. Kilts, Advanced FPGA Design: Architecture, Implementation, and Optimization, Wiley-IEEE Press, 2007.
  26.  Intel, “Intel SoC FPGA Embedded Development Suite User Guide”. [Online]. https://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/programmable/ documentation/lro1402536290550.html (accesed: May, 2020).
  27.  Xilinix, “Zynq UltraScale+MPSoC”. [Online]. https://www.xilinx.com/products/silicon-devices/soc/zynq-ultrascale-mpsoc. html#productTable (accesed: May, 2020).
  28.  G. Stringham, Hardware/firmware Interface Design: Best Practices for Improving Embedded Systems Development, Newnes, 2010.
  29.  I. Skliarova and V. Sklyarov, FPGA-BASED hardware accelerators, Springer, 2019.
  30.  T. Łuba, M. Rawski, and Z. Jachna, “Functional Decomposition as a universal method for logic synthesis of digital circuits”, in Proceedings of IX International Conference MIXDES’02, 2002, p. 285290.
  31.  A. Ling, D.P. Singh, and S.D. Brown, “FPGA technology mapping: a study of optimality”, in Proceedings 42nd Design Automation Conference (DAC05), 2005, pp. 427‒432.
  32.  M. Kubica and D. Kania, “Technology mapping oriented to adaptive logic modules”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 67(5), 947‒956 (2019).
  33.  O. Barkalov, L. Titarenko, K. Mielcarek, and S. Chmielewski, Logic Synthesis for FPGA-Based Control Units: Structural Decomposition in Logic Design, Springer, 2020.
  34.  S. Yang, “Logic Synthesis and Optimization Benchmarks User Guide”, tech. rep., Microelectronic Center of North Carolina, 1991.
  35.  G.D. Micheli, Synthesis and Optimization of Digital Circuits, McGraw-Hill, 1994.
  36.  E. Testa, L. Amaru, M. Soeken, A. Mishchenko, P. Vuillod, J. Luo, C. Casares, P. Gaillardon, and G.D. Micheli, “Scalable boolean methods in a modern synthesis flow”, in 2019 Design, Automation Test in Europe Conference Exhibition (DATE), 2019, pp. 1643‒1648.
  37.  R. Brayton and A. Mishchenko, “ABC: An Academic Industrial-Strength Verification Tool”, in Computer Aided Verification, pp. 24‒40 eds. T. Touili, B. Cook, and P. Jackson, Springer, 2010.
  38.  A. Opara, M. Kubica, and D. Kania, “Methods of Improving Time Efficiency of Decomposition Dedicated at FPGA Structures and Using BDD in the Process of Cyber-Physical Synthesis”, IEEE Access 7, 20619‒20631 (2019).
  39.  O. Barkalov, L. Titarenko, and K. Mielcarek, “Hardware reduction for LUT-based Mealy FSMs”, Int. J. Appl. Math. Comput. Sci. 28(3), 595‒607 (2018).
  40.  Xilinix, “Virtex-7 family overview”. [Online]. https://www.xilinx.com/products/silicon-devices/fpga/virtex-7.html (accesed: May, 2020).
  41.  A. Mishchenko, R.K. Brayton, J.H.R. Jiang, and S. Jang, “Scalable Don’t-Care-Based Logic Optimization and Resynthesis”, ACM Trans. Reconfigurable Technol. Syst. 4(4), 34(1‒23) (2011).
  42.  A. Mishchenko, S. Chatterjee, and R.K. Brayton, “Improve-ments to Technology Mapping for LUT-based FPGAs”, IEEE Trans. Comput. Aided Des. Integr. Circuits Syst. 26(2), 240253 (2007).
  43.  C. Scholl, Functional Decomposition with Application to FPGA Synthesis, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2001.
  44.  L. Machado and J. Cortadella, “Support-Reducing Decomposition for FPGA Mapping”, IEEE Trans. Comput. Aided Des. Integr. Circuits Syst. 39(1), 213‒224 (2020).
  45.  R. Czerwinski, D. Kania, and J. Kulisz, “FSMs state encoding targeting at logic level minimization”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 54(4), 479‒487 (2006).
  46.  R. Czerwinski and D. Kania, “Synthesis method of high speed finite state machines”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 58(4), 635‒644 (2010).
  47.  A. Opara and D. Kania, “Decomposition-based logic synthesis for PAL-based CPLDs,” Int. J. Appl. Math. Comput. Sci. 20(2), 367‒384 (2010).
  48.  E. Sentowich, et al., “SIS: a system for sequential circuit synthesis”, in Proc. of the Inter. Conf. of Computer Design (ICCD’92), 1992, p.328333.
  49.  Xilinx, “XST User Guide. V. 11.3”. [Online]. http://www.xilinx.com/support/documentation/sw_manuals/xilinx11/xst.pdf (accesed: May, 2020).
  50.  Vivado. [Online]. https://www.xilinx.com/products/design-tools/vivado.html (accesed: May, 2020).
  51.  A. Barkalov, L. Titarenko, M. Mazurkiewicz, and K. Krzywicki, “Encoding of terms in EMB-Based Mealy FSMs”, Appl. Sci. 10(8), 21 (2020).
  52.  S. Achasova, Synthesis algorithms for automata with PLAs, M: Soviet radio, 1987.
  53.  LGSynth93, “International Workshop on logic synthesis benchmark suite (LGSynth93)”. [Online]. https://people.engr.ncsu.edu/brglez/ CBL/benchmarks/LGSynth93/LGSynth93.tar, 1993 (accesed: February, 2018).
  54.  B. Lin, “Synthesis of multiple-level logic from symbolic highlevel description languages”, in IFIP International Conference on Very Large Scale Integration, 1989, pp. 187‒196).
  55.  M. Rawski, L. Jozwiak, M. Nowicka, and T. Łuba, “Nondisjoint decomposition of boolean functions and its application in FPGA-oriented technology mapping”, in EUROMICRO 97. Proceedings of the 23rd EUROMICRO Conference: New Frontiers of Information Technology (Cat. No.97TB100167), 1997, pp. 24‒30.
Go to article

Authors and Affiliations

Alexander Barkalov
1 2
ORCID: ORCID
Larysa Titarenko
1 3
ORCID: ORCID
Małgorzata Mazurkiewicz
1
ORCID: ORCID
Kazimierz Krzywicki
4
ORCID: ORCID
  1. University of Zielona Góra, ul. Licealna 9, 65-417 Zielona Góra, Poland
  2. Vasyl’ Stus Dohetsk National University, 21, 600-richya str., Vinytsia, 21021, Ukraine
  3. Kharkiv National University of Radio Electronics, Nauky avenye, 14, 6166, Kharkiv, Ukraine
  4. The Jacob of Paradies University, ul. Teatralna 25, 66-400 Gorzów Wielkopolski, Poland
31 Effects of zeolites and hydrated lime on volumetrics and moisture resistance of foamed warm mix asphalt concrete
Anna Chomicz-Kowalska , Krzysztof Maciejewski , Mateusz Marek Iwański , Karolina Janus
Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences | 2021 | 69 | 2 | e136731 | DOI: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136731
Keywords: WMA foamed bitumen zeolite hydrated lime
Download PDF Download RIS Download Bibtex

Abstract

The paper concerns the utilization of hydrated lime and zeolites as additives in warm mix asphalt produced with foamed bitumen. The mentioned additives were added to the mixtures in exchange for specific quantities of mineral filler, which amounted to 0.4% and 1.2% of hydrated lime or 0.4% of water-modified and 1.0% of air-dry zeolites in mineral mix. The study investigated warm-produced mixtures with 4.5% and 4.8% binder content and production and compaction temperatures set at 120⁰C and 100⁰C respectively. Additionally, reference hot and warm mixtures were evaluated. The testing included: air void content, indirect tensile strength in dry state and after one freeze-thaw cycle as well as the resulting resistance to moisture and frost damage index. The mixtures incorporating hydrated lime and lower bitumen content of 4.5% exhibited increased air voids and mostly unchanged mechanical performance when compared to the reference warm mix. Increased bitumen content has resulted in significantly improved performance in moisture resistance and compactability which could be compared to that of the reference hot-produced mixture. On the other hand, the incorporation of zeolites in the foamed bitumen mixtures resulted in all cases in increased air void content in the samples. This has apparently led to decreased indirect tensile strength, in both the dry state and after the freeze-thaw cycle. Based on the results it was concluded that the production temperature of the zeolite-bearing mixtures was too low for the zeolite water to significantly improve the mix’ workability and therefore positively affect its mechanical parameters.
Go to article

Bibliography

  1.  A. Chomicz-Kowalska, W. Gardziejczyk, and M.M. Iwański, “Moisture resistance and compactibility of asphalt concrete produced in half- warm mix asphalt technology with foamed bitumen”, Constr. Build. Mater. 126, 108–118 (2016), doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2016.09.004.
  2.  A. Chomicz-Kowalska, W. Gardziejczyk, and M.M. Iwański, “Analysis of IT-CY Stiffness Modulus of Foamed Bitumen Asphalt Concrete Compacted at 95°C”, Procedia Eng. 172, 550–559 (2017), doi: 10.1016/j.proeng.2017.02.065.
  3.  M.R. Mohd Hasan, Z. You, and X. Yang, “A comprehensive review of theory, development, and implementation of warm mix asphalt using foaming techniques”, Constr. Build. Mater. 152, 115–133 (2017), doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2017.06.135.
  4.  E. Remišová and M. Holý, “Changes of Properties of Bitumen Binders by Additives Application”, in IOP Conf. Ser.: Mater. Sci. Eng. 245(3), 032003 (2017), doi: 10.1088/1757-899X/245/3/032003.
  5.  M. M. Iwański, A. Chomicz-Kowalska, and K. Maciejewski, “Effect of Surface Active Agent (SAA) on 50/70 Bitumen Foaming Characteristics”, Materials (Basel). 12(21), 3514, (2019), doi: 10.3390/ma12213514.
  6.  O. Larsen, Ø. Moen, C. Robertus, and B.G. Koenders, “WAM Foam asphalt production at lower operating temperatures as an environmental friendly alternative to HMA”, 3rd Eurasphalt Eurobitume Congr., 2004, pp. 641–650. [Online]. Available: http://www.shell.com/content/ dam/shell/static/bitumen/downloads/wam-field-test-resultseurasphaltcongress.pdf.
  7.  A. Chomicz-Kowalska and K. Maciejewski, “Performance and viscoelastic assessment of high-recycle rate cold foamed bitumen mixtures produced with different penetration binders for rehabilitation of deteriorated pavements”, J. Clean. Prod. 258, 120517 (2020), doi: 10.1016/j.jclepro.2020.120517.
  8.  F. Yin, E. Arambula, and D. E. Newcomb, “Effect of water content on binder foaming characteristics and foamed mixture properties”, Transp. Res. Rec. 2506, 1–7 (2015), doi: 10.3141/2506-01.
  9.  K. Maciejewski, “Wpływ rodzaju dodatku i starzenia krótkoterminowego na właściwości wysokotemperaturowe asfaltów drogowych przeznaczonych do mieszanek mineralno-asfaltowych wytwarzanych w technologii „na ciepło” z asfaltem spienionym wodą”, Ph.D Thesis, Kielce University of Technology, Kielce, 2019, [in Polish].
  10.  M. Iwański, G. Mazurek, and P. Buczyński, “Bitumen foaming optimisation process on the basis of rheological properties”, Materials (Basel). 11(10), 1854 (2018), doi: 10.3390/ma11101854.
  11.  A. Chomicz-Kowalska, K. Maciejewski, and M.M. Iwański, “Study of the Simultaneous Utilization of Mechanical Water Foaming and Zeolites and Their Effects on the Properties of Warm Mix Asphalt Concrete”, Materials (Basel). 13(2), 357 (2020), doi: 10.3390/ ma13020357.
  12.  E. Lippmaa, M. Mági, A. Samoson, M. Tarmak, and G. Engelhardt, “Investigation of the Structure of Zeolites by Solid-State High- Resolution 29Si NMR Spectroscopy”, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 103(17), 4992–4996 (1981), doi: 10.1021/ja00407a002.
  13.  A. Sassani, “A Multi-Scale Approach to Characterization of Volcanic Natural Pozzolans”, Middle East Technical University, Ankara, 2014.
  14.  A. Sassani, L. Turanlı, A.-H. Emwas, and Ç. Meral, “Mechanical performance, durability and aluminosilicate chain structure of high volume zeolitic natural pozzolan – portland cement based systems”, in Zeolite 2014 – 9th International Conference on the Occurrence, Properties and Utilization of Natural Zeolites, 2014, pp. 209–201.
  15.  N.Q. Feng and G.F. Peng, “Applications of natural zeolite to construction and building materials in China”, Constr. Build. Mater. 19(8), 579–584 (2005), doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2005.01.013.
  16.  B. Lai, C. Barros, and H. Yin, “Investigation of rheological behavior of asphalt binder modified by the Advera® additive”, in Poromechanics IV – 4th Biot Conference on Poromechanics, 2009, pp. 487–492.
  17.  A. Woszuk, R. Panek, J. Madej, A. Zofka, and W. Franus, “Mesoporous silica material MCM-41: Novel additive for warm mix asphalts”, Constr. Build. Mater. 183, 270–274 (2018), doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2018.06.177.
  18.  A. Woszuk and W. Franus, “Properties of the Warm Mix Asphalt involving clinoptilolite and Na-P1 zeolite additives”, Constr. Build. Mater. 114, 556–563 (2016), doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2016.03.188.
  19.  A. Woszuk and W. Franus, “A review of the application of zeolite materials in warm mix asphalt technologies”, Appl. Sci. 7(3), 293 (2017), doi: 10.3390/APP7030293.
  20.  A. Woszuk, A. Zofka, L. Bandura, and W. Franus, “Effect of zeolite properties on asphalt foaming”, Constr. Build. Mater. 139, 247–255 (2017), doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2017.02.054.
  21.  D.E. Newcomb et al., “Properties of foamed asphalt for warm mix asphalt applications. NCHRP Report 807”, Washington DC, 2015.
  22.  H. Gong, Y. Sun, W. Hu, P.A. Polaczyk, and B. Huang, “Investigating impacts of asphalt mixture properties on pavement performance using LTPP data through random forests”, Constr. Build. Mater. 204, 203–212 (2019), doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2019.01.198.
  23.  R. Ghabchi, D. Singh, and M. Zaman, “Laboratory evaluation of stiffness, low-temperature cracking, rutting, moisture damage, and fatigue performance of WMA mixes”, Road Mater. Pavement Des. 16(2), 334–357 (2015), doi: 10.1080/14680629.2014.1000943.
  24.  A. Chomicz-Kowalska, J. Mrugała, and K. Maciejewski, “Evaluation of Foaming Performance of Bitumen Modified with the Addition of Surface Active Agent”, in IOP Conf. Ser.: Mater. Sci. Eng. 245(3), 032086 (2017), doi: 10.1088/1757-899X/245/3/032086.
  25.  J. Komačka and E. Remišová, “Investigation of the Relation between Adhesion and Water Sensitivity Test Results”, Slovak J. Civ. Eng. 27(4), 1–6 (2019), doi: 10.2478/sjce-2019-0024.
  26.  L. Gungat, N. I. M. Yusoff, and M.O. Hamzah, “Effects of RH-WMA additive on rheological properties of high amount reclaimed asphalt binders”, Constr. Build. Mater. 114, 665–672 (2016), doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2016.03.182.
  27.  M. Stienss and C. Szydlowski, “Influence of Selected Warm Mix Asphalt Additives on Cracking Susceptibility of Asphalt Mixtures”, Materials (Basel). 13(1), 202 (2020), doi: 10.3390/ma13010202.
  28.  K. Kowalski, J. Król, W. Bańkowski, P. Radziszewski, and M. Sarnowski, “Thermal and Fatigue Evaluation of Asphalt Mixtures Containing RAP Treated with a Bio-Agent”, Appl. Sci. 7(3), 216 (2017), doi: 10.3390/app7030216.
  29.  M.M. Iwanski, A. Chomicz-Kowalska, and K. Maciejewski, “Resistance to moisture-induced damage of half-warm-mix asphalt concrete with foamed bitumen”, Materials (Basel). 13(3), 654 (2020), doi: 10.3390/ma13030654.
  30.  A. Chomicz-Kowalska, “Laboratory testing of low temperature asphalt concrete produced in foamed bitumen technology with fiber reinforcement”, Bull. Polish Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 65(6), 779‒790 (2017), doi: 10.1515/bpasts-2017-0086.
  31.  C.V. Chachas, W.J. Liddle, D.E. Peterson, and M.L. Wiley, “Use of hydrated lime in bituminous mixtures to decrease hardening of the asphalt cement (Report No. PB 213 170)”, 1971.
  32.  E. Seebaly, P.D.N. Little, and J. A. Epps, The Benefis of Hydrated Lime in Hot Mix Asphalt, The National Lime Association, Arlington, 2006.
  33.  J.C. Petersen, H. Plancher, and P.M. Harnsberger, “Lime Treatment of Asphalt to Reduce Age Hardening and Improve Flow Properties”, Assoc. Asph. Paving Technol. 56–87, 632–653 (1987).
  34.  M. Stroup-Gardiner and J.A. Epps, “Effect of lime on asphalt concrete pavement performance”, in Proceedings of the American Society Civil Engineers Materials Congress, 1990, pp. 921–930.
  35.  F. Luxemburg, “Lime Hydrate as an Additive to Improve the Adhesion of Bitumen to the Aggregates”, in Proc of the II International Conference Durable and Save Road Pavements, 1996, pp. 296–302.
  36.  D. Lesueur, J. Petit, and H. J. Ritter, “The mechanisms of hydrated lime modification of asphalt mixtures: A state-of-the-art review”, Road Mater. Pavement Des. 14(1), 1–16 (2013), doi: 10.1080/14680629.2012.743669.
  37.  M. Iwański, Wapno hydratyzowane wielofunkcyjnym dodatkiem zwiększającym trwałość nawierzchni SMA. Monograph M59. Kielce: Kielce University of Technology, 2014, [in Polish]
  38.  H. Plancher, E.L. Green, and J.C. Petersen, “Reduction of Oxidative Hardening of Asphalts By Treatment With Hydrated Lime – a Mechanistic Study”, in Proc Assoc Asphalt Paving Technol, 1976, vol. 45, pp. 1–24.
  39.  C. Gorkem and B. Sengoz, “Predicting stripping and moisture induced damage of asphalt concrete prepared with polymer modified bitumen and hydrated lime”, Constr. Build. Mater. 23(6), 2227–2236 (2009), doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2008.12.001.
  40.  M.M. Iwański, “Synergia wapna hydratyzowanego i asfaltu spienionego w zapewnieniu trwałości eksploatacyjnej betonu asfaltowego w technologii na półciepło”, Ph.D Thesis, Politechnika Świętokrzyska, 2019.
  41.  M. Kadela, “Model of multiple-layer pavement structure-subsoil system”, Bull. Polish Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 64(4), 751–762 (2016), doi: 10.1515/bpasts-2016-0084.
  42.  EN 13108-1:2008. Bituminous mixtures. Material specifications. Asphalt Concrete.
  43.  WT-2 2014. Asphalt mixes. Technical Requirements. Appendix to ordinance No. 54 of the General Director of National Roads and Highways, 8.11.2014, 2014.
  44.  EN 12591:2009. Bitumen and bituminous binders. Specifications for paving grade bitumens.
  45.  WT-1 2014. Aggregates for Asphalt Mixes and Surface Dressings on National Highways. Technical Requirements. Appendix to ordinance No. 46 of the General Director of National Roads and Highways, 25.09.2014, [Online]. Available: www.gddkia.gov.pl.
  46.  E. Szewczak, A. Winkler-Skalna, and L. Czarnecki, “Sustainable Test Methods for Construction Materials and Elements”, Materials (Basel). 13(3), 606 (2020), doi: 10.3390/ma13030606.
  47.  A. Chomicz-Kowalska and K. Maciejewski, “Multivariate optimization of recycled road base cold mixtures with foamed bitumen”, Procedia Eng. 108, 436–444 (2015), doi: 10.1016/j.proeng.2015.06.168.
Go to article

Authors and Affiliations

Anna Chomicz-Kowalska
1
ORCID: ORCID
Krzysztof Maciejewski
1
ORCID: ORCID
Mateusz Marek Iwański
1
ORCID: ORCID
Karolina Janus
1
ORCID: ORCID
  1. Kielce University of Technology, al. Tysiąclecia Państwa Polskiego 7, 25-314 Kielce, Poland
32 Probability distribution functions for service loads of frame scaffoldings
Ewa Błazik-Borowa , Michał Pieńko , Iwona Szer , Bożena Hoła , Krzysztof Czarnocki
Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences | 2021 | 69 | 2 | e136734 | DOI: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136734
Keywords: scaffoldings service load extreme events probability distribution function safety
Download PDF Download RIS Download Bibtex

Abstract

The paper discusses service load measurements (weight of construction materials, small equipment and workers) conducted on 120 frame scaffoldings all over Poland in 2016‒2018. Despite the fact that the scaffolding should ensure the safety of its users, most accidents on construction sites are caused by fall from height. Service loads are one of the elements affecting the safety of scaffolding use. On the basis of the studies, maximum load on one platform and maximum load on a vertical scaffolding module for one day were obtained. They were treated as the random variables of the maximum values. Histograms and probability density functions were determined for these variables. The selection of a probability distribution consisted in the selection of a probability density function by means of fitting curves to the study result histograms using the method of least squares. The analysis was performed for distribution Weibull and Gumbel probability density functions which are applied for maximum values of random variables. Parameters of these functions can be used for the purposes of the reliability analysis to calibrate partial safety factors in simulation of service load during the scaffolding failure risk assessment. Besides, the probability of not exceeding the standard loads provided for frame scaffoldings for 120 weeks was established on the aforementioned basis. The results of the presented research show that in Poland there is a high probability of exceeding the permissible service loads in one year and thus there is a high risk of scaffolding damage.
Go to article

Bibliography

  1.  R.I. Harris and N.J. Cook, “The parent wind speed distribution: Why Weibull?”, J. Wind Eng. Ind. Aerodyn. 131, 72‒87 (2014).
  2.  T.M. Lystad, A. Fenercib, and O.Øiseth, “Evaluation of mast measurements and wind tunnel terrain models to describe spatially variable wind field characteristics for long-span bridge design”, J. Wind Eng. Ind. Aerodyn. 179, 558‒573 (2018).
  3.  J.A. Żurański, Effects of the climatic and topographic conditions on wind loads on building structures, Prace Naukowe Instytutu Techniki Budowlanej, Warsaw, 2005.
  4.  J.A. Żurański and A. Sobolewski, Snow loads in Poland in designing and diagnostics of structures, Prace Naukowe Instytutu Techniki Budowlanej, Warsaw, 2016.
  5.  P. Croce, P. Formichi, F. Landi, P. Mercogliano, E. Bucchignani, A. Dosio, and S. Dimova, “The snow load in Europe and the climate change”, Clim. Risk Manag. 20, 138‒154 (2018).
  6.  J. Blanchet, C. Marty, and M. Lehning, “Extreme value statistics of snowfall in the Swiss Alpine region”, Water Resour. Res. 45(5), W05424 (2009).
  7.  B. Ellingwood, T.V. Galambos, J.G. MacGregor, and C.A. Cornell, Development of a probability based load criterion for American National Standard A58, NBS Special Report 577, U.S. Department of Commerce, National Bureau of Standards, 1980.
  8.  R.B. Corotis and V.A. Doshi, “Probability models for live-load survey results”, J. Struct. Div. 103(6), 1257‒1274 (1977).
  9.  R.B. Corotis and V. Jaria, “Stochastic nature of building live loads”, J. Struct. Div. 105(3), 493510 (1979).
  10.  P.L. Chalk and R.B. Corotis, “Probability model for design live loads”, J. Struct. Div. 106(10), 2017‒2033 (1980).
  11.  A.S. Nowak and A.M. Rakoczy, “Uncertainties in the building process”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 61(1), 129‒135 (2013).
  12.  M.G. Stewart, “Optimization of serviceability load combinations for structural steel beam design”, Struct. Saf. 18(2/3), 225‒238 (1996).
  13.  V. Kamjoo and C.D. Eamon, “Reliability-based design optimization of a vehicular live load model”, Eng. Struct. 168, 799‒808 (2018).
  14.  Y. Liu, L. Liu, B. Stratman, and S. Mahadevan, “Multiaxial fatigue reliability analysis of railroad wheels”, Reliab. Eng. Syst. Saf. 93(3), 456‒467 (2008).
  15.  F. Schmidt, B. Jacob, and F. Domprobst, “Investigation of truck weights and dimensions using WIM data”, Transp. Res. Procedia 14, 811‒819 (2016).
  16.  A.S. Nowak, “System reliability models for bridge structures”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 52(4), 321‒328 (2004).
  17.  J. Bojórquez, S.E. Ruiz, B. Ellingwood, A. Reyes-Salazar, and E. Bojórquez, “Reliability-based optimal load factors for seismic design of buildings”, Eng. Struct. 151, 527‒539 (2017).
  18.  D. Sun, B. Chen, and S. Sun, “Study based on bridge health monitoring system on multihazard load combinations of earthquake and truck loads for bridge design in the southeast coastal areas of China”, Shock Vib., 829380, 1‒12 (2015).
  19.  M.G. Stewart, “Reliability-based load factor design model for explosive blast loading”, Struct. Saf. 71, 13‒23 (2018).
  20.  M.G. Stewart, M.D. Netherton, Y. Shi, M. Grant, and J. Mueller, “Probabilistic terrorism risk assessment and risk acceptability for infrastructure protection”, Aust. J. of Struct. Eng. 13(1), 1‒17 (2012).
  21.  EN 12811-1:2003. Temporary works equipment – Part 1: Scaffolds – Performance requirements and general design. European Committee for Standardization, Brussels, 2003.
  22.  AS/NZS 1576.1. Scaffolding. Part 1: General requirements, Council of Standards Australia and Council of Standards New Zealand, Sydney, 2010.
  23.  29 CFR 1926. Safety and health regulations for construction. Scaffold Specifications, Electronic Code of Federal Regulations, https:// ecfr.federalregister.gov/current/title-29/subtitle-B/chapter-XVII (accesed April 2021).
  24.  P. Jamińska-Gadomska, J. Bęc, T. Lipecki, and A. Robak, “Verification of the façade scaffolding computer model”, Arch. Civ. Eng. 64 (1), 41‒53 (2018).
  25.  E. Błazik-Borowa, Loads and actions on scaffolding as engineering structures, Lublin University of Technology, Lublin, 2018, [in Polish].
  26.  H. Bojar, F. Silveira, M. Rebelo, E. Czarnocka, and K. Czarnocki, “Health behaviours in scaffold use risk assessment model – SURAM”, Ann Agric Environ Med. 26(1), 138‒142 (2019).
  27.  M. Jabłoński, I. Szer, and J. Szer, “Probability of occurrence of health and safety risks on scaffolding caused by noise exposure”, J. Civ. Eng. Manag. 24(6), 437‒443 (2018).
  28.  T. Lipecki, P. Jamińska-Gadomska, J. Bęc, and E. Błazik-Borowa, “Façade scaffolding behavior under wind action”, Arch. Civ. Mech. Eng. 20, 27 (2020).
  29.  M. Pieńko, A. Robak, E. Błazik-Borowa, and J. Szer, “Safety conditions analysis of scaffolding on construction sites”, Int. J. Civ. Env. Eng. 12(2), 72‒77 (2018).
  30.  I. Szer, E. Błazik-Borowa, and J. Szer, “The influence of environmental factors on employee comfort based on an example of location temperature”, Arch. Civ. Eng. 63(3), 163–174 (2017).
  31.  B. Hoła and T. Nowobilski, “Analysis of the influence of socio-economic factors on occupational safety in the construction industry”, Sustain. 11, 4469 (2019).
  32.  E. Castillo, A.S. Hadi, N. Balakrishnan, and J.M. Sarabia, Extreme value and related models with applications in engineering and science, John Wiley & Sons, New Jersey, 2005.
  33.  M. Nagode and M. Fajdiga, “The influence of variable operating conditions upon the general multi-modal Weibull distribution”, Reliab. Eng. Syst. Saf. 64, 383‒389 (1999).
  34.  A.S. Nowak and K.R. Collins, Reliability of structures, Taylor & Francis Group, New York, 2013.
  35.  D. Pekasiewicz, “Analysis of chosen estimation methods of maximum statistic limit distribution parameters”, Quant. Meth. Econom. 16(4), 75‒84 (2015), [in Polish].
  36.  E. Błazik-Borowa, J. Szer, A. Borowa, A. Robak, and M. Pieńko, “Modelling of load-displacement curves obtained from scaffold components tests”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 67(2), 317‒327 (2019).
  37.  M.G. Stewart, “Effect of construction and service loads on reliability of existing RC buildings”, J. Str. Eng. 127(10), 1232‒1235 (2001).
  38.  Construction activity (Ruch Budowlany), General Office of Building Control, https://www.gunb.gov.pl/strona/ruch-budowlany, (accesed November 2020), [in Polish].
Go to article

Authors and Affiliations

Ewa Błazik-Borowa
1
ORCID: ORCID
Michał Pieńko
1
ORCID: ORCID
Iwona Szer
2
ORCID: ORCID
Bożena Hoła
3
ORCID: ORCID
Krzysztof Czarnocki
4
ORCID: ORCID
  1. Faculty of Civil Engineering and Architecture, Lublin University of Technology, Nadbystrzycka 40, 20-618 Lublin, Poland
  2. Faculty of Civil Engineering, Architecture and Environmental Engineering, Lodz University of Technology, Politechniki 6, 90-924 Łódz, Poland
  3. Faculty of Civil Engineering, Wroclaw University of Science and Technology, Wybrzeże Wyspiańskiego 27, 50-370 Wrocław, Poland
  4. Faculty of Management, Lublin University of Technology, Nadbystrzycka 38, 20-618 Lublin, Poland
33 Deep adversarial neural network for specific emitter identification under varying frequency
Keju Huang , Junan Yang , Hui Liu , Pengjiang Hu
Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences | 2021 | 69 | 2 | e136737 | DOI: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136737
Keywords: specific emitter identification unsupervised domain adaptation transfer learning deep learning
Download PDF Download RIS Download Bibtex

Abstract

Specific emitter identification (SEI) is the process of identifying individual emitters by analyzing the radio frequency emissions, based on the fact that each device contains unique hardware imperfections. While the majority of previous research focuses on obtaining features that are discriminative, the reliability of the features is rarely considered. For example, since device characteristics of the same emitter vary when it is operating at different carrier frequencies, the performance of SEI approaches may degrade when the training data and the test data are collected from the same emitters with different frequencies. To improve performance of SEI under varying frequency, we propose an approach based on continuous wavelet transform (CWT) and domain adversarial neural network (DANN). The proposed approach exploits unlabeled test data in addition to labeled training data, in order to learn representations that are discriminative for individual emitters and invariant for varying frequencies. Experiments are conducted on received signals of five emitters under three carrier frequencies. The results demonstrate the superior performance of the proposed approach when the carrier frequencies of the training data and the test data differ.
Go to article

Bibliography

  1.  K.I. Talbot, P.R. Duley, and M.H. Hyatt, “Specific emitter identification and verification”, Technol. Rev. 2003, 113–133, (2003).
  2.  G. Baldini, G. Steri, and R. Giuliani, “Identification of wireless devices from their physical layer radio-frequency fingerprints”, in: Encyclopedia of Information Science and Technology, pp. 6136–6146, 4th Edition, IGI Global, 2018.
  3.  A.E. Spezio, “Electronic warfare systems”, IEEE Trans. Microw. Theory Tech. 50(3), 633–644 (2002).
  4.  O. Ureten and N. Serinken, “Wireless security through rf fingerprinting”, Can. J. Electr. Comp. Eng. 32(1), 27–33 (2007).
  5.  S.U. Rehman, K.W. Sowerby, and C. Coghill, “Radio-frequency fingerprinting for mitigating primary user emulation attack in low-end cognitive radios”, IET Commun. 8(8), 1274–1284 (2014).
  6.  V. Brik, S. Banerjee, M. Gruteser, and S. Oh, “Wireless device identification with radiometric signatures”, in: Proceedings of the 14th ACM international Conference on Mobile Computing and Networking, San Francisco, USA: ACM, 2008, pp. 116– 127.
  7.  Y. Huang, et al., “Radio frequency fingerprint extraction of radio emitter based on i/q imbalance”, Procedia Computer Science 107, 472–477 (2017).
  8.  L.J. Wong, W.C. Headley, and A.J. Michaels, “Specific emitter identification using convolutional neural network-based iq imbalance estimators”, IEEE Access 7, 33544–33555 (2019).
  9.  G. López-Risueño, J. Grajal, and A. Sanz-Osorio, “Digital channelized receiver based on time-frequency analysis for signal interception”, IEEE Trans. Aerosp. Electron. Syst. 41(3), 879–898 (2005).
  10.  C. Bertoncini, K. Rudd, B. Nousain, and M. Hinders, “Wavelet fingerprinting of radio-frequency identification (rfid) tags”, EEE Trans. Ind. Electron. 59(12), 4843–4850 (2011).
  11.  J. Lundén and V. Koivunen, “Automatic radar waveform recognition”, IEEE J. Sel. Top. Signal Process. 1(1), 124–136 (2007).
  12.  L. Li, H.B. Ji, and L. Jiang, “Quadratic time–frequency analysis and sequential recognition for specific emitter identification”, IET Signal Process. 5(6), 568–574 (2011).
  13.  Y. Yuan, Z. Huang, H. Wu, and X. Wang, “Specific emitter identification based on Hilbert–Huang transform-based time– frequency–energy distribution features”, IET Commun. 8(13), 2404–2412 (2014).
  14.  J. Zhang, F. Wang, Z. Zhong, and O. Dobre, “Novel hilbert spectrum-based specific emitter identification for single-hop and relaying scenarios”, in: 2015 IEEE Global Communications Conference (GLOBECOM), San Diego, USA, IEEE, 2015, pp. 1–6.
  15.  J. Zhang, F. Wang, O. Dobre, and Z. Zhong, “Specific emitter identification via Hilbert–Huang transform in single-hop and relaying scenarios”, IEEE Trans. Inf. Forensic Secur. 11(6), 1192–1205 (2016).
  16.  Z. Tang and S. Li, “Steady signal-based fractal method of specific communications emitter sources identification”, in: Wireless Communications, Networking and Applications, pp. 809– 819, Springer, 2016.
  17.  G. Huang, Y. Yuan, X. Wang, and Z. Huang, “Specific emitter identification based on nonlinear dynamical characteristics”, Can. J. Electr. Comp. Eng. 39(1), 34–41 (2016).
  18.  Y. Jia, S. Zhu, and L. Gan, “Specific emitter identification based on the natural measure”, Entropy 19(3), 117 (2017).
  19.  J. Dudczyk and A. Kawalec, “Specific emitter identification based on graphical representation of the distribution of radar signal parameters”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 63(2), 391–396 (2015).
  20.  Y. Zhao, Y. Li, L. Wui, and J. Zhang, “Specific emitter identification using geometric features of frequency drift curve”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 66(1), 99–108 (2018).
  21.  L. Rybak and J. Dudczyk, “A geometrical divide of data particle in gravitational classification of moons and circles data sets”, Entropy 22(10), 1088 (2020).
  22.  Q. Wu, et al., “Deep learning based rf fingerprinting for device identification and wireless security”, Electron. Lett. 54(24), 1405–1407 (2018).
  23.  L. Ding, S. Wang, F. Wang, and W. Zhang, “Specific emitter identification via convolutional neural networks”, IEEE Commun. Lett. 22(12), 2591–2594 (2018).
  24.  K. Merchant, S. Revay, G. Stantchev, and B. Nousain, “Deep learning for rf device fingerprinting in cognitive communication networks”, IEEE J. Sel. Top. Signal Process. 12(1), 160–167 (2018).
  25.  Y. Pan, S. Yang, H. Peng, T. Li, and W. Wang, “Specific emitter identification based on deep residual networks”, IEEE Access 7, 54425– 54434 (2019).
  26.  J. Matuszewski and D. Pietrow, “Recognition of electromagnetic sources with the use of deep neural networks”, in XII Conference on Reconnaissance and Electronic Warfare Systems, 2019, vol. 11055, pp. 100–114, doi: 10.1117/12.2524536.
  27.  L.J. Wong, W.C. Headley, S. Andrews, R.M. Gerdes, and A.J. Michaels, “Clustering learned cnn features from raw i/q data for emitteridentification”, in: MILCOM 2018-2018 IEEE Military Communications Conference (MILCOM), Los Angeles, USA, 2018, pp. 26–33.
  28.  G. Baldini, C. Gentile, R. Giuliani, and G. Steri, “Comparison of techniques for radiometric identification based on deep convolutional neural networks”, Electron. Lett. 55(2), 90–92 (2018).
  29.  W. Wang, Z. Sun, S. Piao, B. Zhu, and K. Ren, “Wireless physical-layer identification: Modeling and validation”, IEEE Trans. Inf. Forensic Secur. 11(9), 2091–2106 (2016).
  30.  S. Andrews, R.M. Gerdes, and M. Li, “Towards physical layer identification of cognitive radio devices”, IEEE Conference on Communications and Network Security (CNS), Las Vegas, USA, IEEE, 2017, pp. 1–9.
  31.  I.F. Akyildiz, W.Y. Lee, M.C. Vuran, and S. Mohanty, “Next generation/dynamic spectrum access/cognitive radio wireless networks: A survey”, Comput. Netw. 50(13), 2127–2159 (2006).
  32.  S.J. Pan and Q. Yang, “A survey on transfer learning”, IEEE Trans. Knowl. Data Eng. 22(10), 1345–1359 (2009), doi: 10.1109/ TKDE.2009.191.
  33.  Y. Sharaf-Dabbagh and W. Saad, “Transfer learning for device fingerprinting with application to cognitive radio networks”, in: 2015 IEEE 26th Annual International Symposium on Personal, Indoor, and Mobile Radio Communications (PIMRC), Hong Kong, China, 2015, pp. 2138–2142.
  34.  M. Wang and W. Deng, “Deep visual domain adaptation: A survey”, Neurocomputing 312, 135–153 (2018). doi: 10.1016/j. neucom.2018.05.083.
  35.  Y. Ganin and V. Lempitsky, “Unsupervised domain adaptation by backpropagation”, in: Proceedings of the 32nd International Conference on Machine Learning, ICML 2015, Lille, France, 2015, pp. 1180–1189.
  36.  Y. Ganin, et al., “Domain-adversarial training of neural networks”, J. Mach. Learn. Res. 17(1), 2096–2030 (2016).
  37.  G. Wilson and D.J. Cook, “A survey of unsupervised deep domain adaptation”, CoRR, 2018, abs/1812.02849. Available from: http://arxiv. org/abs/1812.02849.
  38.  I. Goodfellow, et al., “Generative adversarial nets”, in: Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems, Montreal, Canada, 2014, pp. 2672–2680.
  39.  U. Satija, N. Trivedi, G. Biswal, and B. Ramkumar, “Specific emitter identification based on variational mode decomposition and spectral features in single hop and relaying scenarios”, IEEE Trans. Inf. Forensic Secur. 14(3), 581–591 (2018).
  40.  E. Tzeng, J. Hoffman, K. Saenko, and T. Darrell, “Adversarial discriminative domain adaptation”, in: Proceedings of the IEEE Conference on Computer Vision and Pattern Recognition (CVPR), Honolulu, Hawaii, 2017, pp. 7167–7176.
  41.  K. He, X. Zhang, S. Ren, and J. Sun, “Deep residual learning for image recognition”, in: Proceedings of the IEEE conference on Computer Vision and Pattern Recognition (CVPR), Las Vegas, USA, 2016, pp. 770–778.
  42.  L. Maaten and G. Hinton, “Visualizing data using t-sne”, J. Mach. Learn. Res. 9, 2579–2605 (2008).
  43.  C. Chen, et al., “Progressive feature alignment for unsupervised domain adaptation”, in: Proceedings of the IEEE Conference on Computer Vision and Pattern Recognition, 2019, pp. 627–636.
  44.  P. Panareda-Busto and J. Gall, “Open set domain adaptation”, in: Proceedings of the IEEE International Conference on Computer Vision (ICCV), Venice, Italy, 2017, pp. 754–763.
  45.  Z. Cao, M. Long, J. Wang, and M.I. Jordan, “Partial transfer learning with selective adversarial networks”, in: Proceedings of the IEEE Conference on Computer Vision and Pattern Recognition (CVPR), Salt Lake City, USA, 2018, pp. 2724–2732.
  46.  K. You, M. Long, Z. Cao, J. Wang, and M.I. Jordan, “Universal domain adaptation”, in: The IEEE Conference on Computer Vision and Pattern Recognition (CVPR), Long Beach, USA,2019.
Go to article

Authors and Affiliations

Keju Huang
1
Junan Yang
1
Hui Liu
1
Pengjiang Hu
1
  1. College of Electronic Engineering, National University of Defense Technology, Hefei, Anhui 230037, China
34 Accurate identification on individual similar communication emitters by using HVG-NTE feature
Ke Li , Wei Ge , Xiaoya Yang , Zhengrong Xu
Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences Technical Sciences | 2021 | 69 | 2 | e136741 | DOI: 10.24425/bpasts.2021.136741
Keywords: communication emitter identification feature extraction HVG NTE
Download PDF Download RIS Download Bibtex

Abstract

Individual identification of similar communication emitters in the complex electromagnetic environment has great research value and significance in both military and civilian fields. In this paper, a feature extraction method called HVG-NTE is proposed based on the idea of system nonlinearity. The shape of the degree distribution, based on the extraction of HVG degree distribution, is quantified with NTE to improve the anti-noise performance. Then XGBoost is used to build a classifier for communication emitter identification. Our method achieves better recognition performance than the state-of-the-art technology of the transient signal data set of radio stations with the same plant, batch, and model, and is suitable for a small sample size.
Go to article

Bibliography

  1.  J. Dudczyk, “Radar emission sources identification based on hierarchical agglomerative clustering for large data sets”, J. Sens. 2016, 1879327 (2016).
  2.  G. Manish, G. Hareesh, and M. Arvind, “Electronic Warfare: Issues and Challenges for Emitter Classification”, Def. Sci. J. 201161(3), 228‒234 (2011).
  3.  J. Dudczyk and A. Kawalec, “Specific emitter identification based on graphical representation of the distribution of radar signal parameters”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 63(2), 391‒396 (2015).
  4.  Q. Xu, R. Zheng, W. Saad, and Z. Han, “Device Fingerprinting in Wireless Networks: Challenges and Opportunities”, IEEE Commun. Surv. Tutor. 18(1), 94‒104 (2016).
  5.  P.C. Adam and G.L. Dennis, “Identification of Wireless Devices of Users Who Actively Fake Their RF Fingerprints With Artificial Data Distortion”, IEEE Trans. Wirel. Commun. 14(11), 5889‒5899 (2015).
  6.  N. Zhou, L. Luo, G. Sheng, and X. Jiang, “High Accuracy Insulation Fault Diagnosis Method of Power Equipment Based on Power Maximum Likelihood Estimation”, IEEE Trans. Power Deliv. 34(4), 1291‒1299 (2019).
  7.  S. Guo, R.E. White, and M. Low, “A comparison study of radar emitter identification based on signal transients”, IEEE Radar Conference, Oklahoma City, 2018, pp. 286‒291.
  8.  Q. Wu, C. Feres, D. Kuzmenko, D. Zhi, Z. Yu, and X. Liu, “Deep learning based RF fingerprinting for device identification and wireless security”, Electron. Lett. 54(24), 1405‒1407 (2018).
  9.  A. Kawalec, R. Owczarek, and J. Dudczyk, “Karhunen-Loeve transformation in radar signal features processing”, International Conference on Microwaves, Krakow, 2006.
  10.  B. Danev and S. Capkun, “Transient-based identification of wireless sensor nodes”, Information Processing in Sensor Networks, San Francisco, 2009, pp. 25‒36.
  11.  R.W. Klein, M.A. Temple, M.J. Mendenhall, and D.R. Reising, “Sensitivity Analysis of Burst Detection and RF Fingerprinting Classification Performance”, International Conference on Communications, Dresden, 2009, pp. 641‒645.
  12.  C. Bertoncini, K. Rudd, B. Nousain, and M. Hinders, “Wavelet Fingerprinting of Radio-Frequency Identification (RFID) Tags”, I IEEE Trans. Ind. Electron. 59(12), 4843‒4850 (2012).
  13.  Z. Shi, X. Lin, C. Zhao, and M. Shi, “Multifractal slope feature based wireless devices identification”, International Conference on Computer Science and Education, Cambridge, 2015, pp. 590‒595.
  14.  C.K. Dubendorfer, B.W. Ramsey, and M.A. Temple, “ZigBee Device Verification for Securing Industrial Control and Building Automation Systems”, International Conference on Critical Infrastructure Protection ,Washington DC, 2013, pp. 47‒62.
  15.  D.R. Reising and M.A. Temple, “WiMAX mobile subscriber verification using Gabor-based RF-DNA fingerprints”, International Conference on Communications, Ottawa, 2012, pp. 1005‒1010.
  16.  Y. Li, Y. Zhao, L. Wu, and J. Zhang, “Specific emitter identification using geometric features of frequency drift curve”, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Tech. Sci. 66, 99‒108 (2018).
  17.  Y. Yuan, Z. Huang, H. Wu, and X. Wang, “Specific emitter identification based on Hilbert-Huang transform-based time-frequency-energy distribution features”, IET Commun. 8(13), 2404‒2412 (2014).
  18.  T.L. Carroll, “A nonlinear dynamics method for signal identification”, Chaos Interdiscip. J. Nonlinear Sci. 17(2), 023109 (2007).
  19.  D. Sun, Y. Li, Y. Xu, and J. Hu, “A Novel Method for Specific Emitter Identification Based on Singular Spectrum Analysis”, Wireless Communications & Networking Conference, San Francisco, 2017, pp. 1‒6.
  20.  Y. Jia, S. Zhu, and G. Lu, “Specific Emitter Identification Based on the Natural Measure”, Entropy 19(3), 117 (2017).
  21.  L. Lacasa, B. Luque, J. Luque, and J.C. Nuno, “The visibility graph: A new method for estimating the Hurst exponent of fractional Brownian motion”, Europhys. Lett. 86(3), 30001‒30005 (2009).
  22.  M. Ahmadlou and H. Adeli, “Visibility graph similarity: A new measure of generalized synchronization in coupled dynamic systems”, Physica D 241(4), 326‒332 (2012).
  23.  S. Zhu and L. Gan, “Specific emitter identification based on horizontal visibility graph”, IEEE International Conference Computer and Communications, Chengdu, 2017, pp. 1328‒1332.
  24.  B. Luque, L. Lacasa, F. Ballesteros, and J. Luque, “Horizontal visibility graphs: Exact results for random time series”, Phys. Rev. E. 80(4), 046103 (2009).
  25.  W. Jiang, B. Wei, J. Zhan, C. Xie, and D. Zhou, “A visibility graph power averaging aggregation operator: A methodology based on network analysis”, Comput. Ind. Eng. 101, 260‒268 (2016).
  26.  M. Wajs, P. Kurzynski, and D. Kaszlikowski, “Information-theoretic Bell inequalities based on Tsallis entropy”, Phys. Rev. A. 91(1), 012114 (2015).
  27.  J. Liang, Z. Huang, and Z. Li, “Method of Empirical Mode Decomposition in Specific Emitter Identification”, Wirel. Pers. Commun. 96(2), 2447‒2461, (2017).
  28.  A.M. Ali, E. Uzundurukan, and A. Kara, “Improvements on transient signal detection for RF fingerprinting”, Signal Processing and Communications Applications Conference (SIU), Antalya, 2017, pp. 1‒4.
  29.  Y. Yuan, Z. Huang, H. Wu, and X. Wang, “Specific emitter identification based on Hilbert-Huang transform-based time-frequency-energy distribution features”, IET Commun. 8(13), 2404‒2412 (2014).
  30.  D.R. Kong and H.B. Xie, “Assessment of Time Series Complexity Using Improved Approximate Entropy”, Chin. Phys. Lett. 28(9), 90502‒90505 (2011).
  31.  T. Chen and C. Guestrin, “XGBoost: A Scalable Tree Boosting System”, Knowledge Discovery and Data Mining, San Francisco, 2016, pp. 785‒794.
  32.  G. Huang, Y. Yuan, X. Wang, and Z. Huang, “Specific Emitter Identification Based on Nonlinear Dynamical Characteristics”, Can. J. Electr. Comp. Eng.-Rev. Can. Genie Electr. Inform. 39(1), 34‒41 (2016).
  33.  D. Sun, Y. Li, Y. Xu, and J. Hu, “A Novel Method for Specific Emitter Identification Based on Singular Spectrum Analysis”, Wireless Communications and Networking Conference, San Francisco, 2017, pp. 1‒6.
Go to article

Authors and Affiliations

Ke Li
1 2 3
ORCID: ORCID
Wei Ge
1 2
ORCID: ORCID
Xiaoya Yang
1 2
Zhengrong Xu
1
  1. School of Information and Computer, Anhui Agricultural University, Hefei, Anhui, 230036, China
  2. Anhui Provincial Engineering Laboratory for Beidou Precision Agriculture Information, Anhui Agricultural University, Hefei, Anhui, 230036, China
  3. Key Laboratory of Specialty Fiber Optics and Optical Access Networks, Shanghai University, Shanghai, 200072, China

This page uses 'cookies'. Learn more